[evolution-patches] Patch for New Docs
- From: Rodney Dawes <dobey novell com>
- To: evolution-patches lists ximian com
- Cc: release-team gnome org
- Subject: [evolution-patches] Patch for New Docs
- Date: Tue, 07 Sep 2004 21:33:05 +0000
This patch gets rid of the old docs files in favor of the new single xml
file, and fixes the issues with the version appearing in the filename.
It also has 2 small code changes to work with the new docs, that require
release-team approval, that change a reference to another xml file, and
a different title for one of the help sections, so that the contact
editor and settings dialogs' help buttons will work.
-- dobey
Index: addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/gnome/evolution/addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c,v
retrieving revision 1.216
diff -u -p -r1.216 e-contact-editor.c
--- addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c 20 Aug 2004 23:37:02 -0000 1.216
+++ addressbook/gui/contact-editor/e-contact-editor.c 7 Sep 2004 21:15:56 -0000
@@ -2884,7 +2884,7 @@ show_help_cb (GtkWidget *widget, gpointe
gnome_help_display_desktop (NULL,
"evolution-" BASE_VERSION,
- "usage-contact.xml",
+ "evolution-" BASE_VERSION ".xml",
"usage-contact-cards",
&error);
if (error != NULL)
Index: help/xmldocs.make
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/gnome/evolution/help/xmldocs.make,v
retrieving revision 1.2
diff -u -p -r1.2 xmldocs.make
--- help/xmldocs.make 26 Mar 2003 23:03:39 -0000 1.2
+++ help/xmldocs.make 7 Sep 2004 21:15:57 -0000
@@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ include $(top_srcdir)/help/omf.make
all: omf
-$(docname).xml: $(entities)
- -ourdir=`pwd`; \
- cd $(srcdir); \
- cp $(entities) $$ourdir
+#$(docname).xml: $(entities)
+# -ourdir=`pwd`; \
+# cd $(srcdir); \
+# cp $(entities) $$ourdir
app-dist-hook:
if test "$(figdir)"; then \
Index: help/C/Makefile.am
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/gnome/evolution/help/C/Makefile.am,v
retrieving revision 1.38
diff -u -p -r1.38 Makefile.am
--- help/C/Makefile.am 10 Feb 2004 22:24:53 -0000 1.38
+++ help/C/Makefile.am 7 Sep 2004 21:15:57 -0000
@@ -26,27 +26,27 @@ figs = \
figures/summary.png \
figures/vfolder-createrule-fig.png
figdir = figures
-docname = evolution-1.5
+
+all: $(docname).xml $(omffile)
+
+doc_in_files = evolution.xml
+%-$(BASE_VERSION).xml: $(doc_in_files)
+ cp -f $< $@
+
+docname = evolution-$(BASE_VERSION)
lang = C
-omffile = evolution-1.5-C.omf
-entities = \
- apx-authors.xml \
- apx-bugs.xml \
- apx-fdl.xml \
- apx-gloss.xml \
- apx-gpl.xml \
- config-prefs.xml \
- config-sync.xml \
- legal.xml \
- menuref.xml \
- preface.xml \
- usage-calendar.xml \
- usage-contact.xml \
- usage-exchange.xml \
- usage-mail-org.xml \
- usage-mail.xml \
- usage-mainwindow.xml \
- usage-sync.xml
+
+omf_in_files = evolution-$(lang).omf
+%-$(BASE_VERSION)-$(lang).omf: $(omf_in_files)
+ cp -f $< $@
+omffile = evolution-$(BASE_VERSION)-C.omf
include $(top_srcdir)/help/xmldocs.make
dist-hook: app-dist-hook
+
+CLEANFILES += \
+ $(docname).xml \
+ omf_timestamp \
+ $(omffile).out \
+ $(omffile)
+
Index: help/C/POTFILES.in
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/POTFILES.in
diff -N help/C/POTFILES.in
--- help/C/POTFILES.in 13 Mar 2001 16:07:26 -0000 1.1
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-apx-authors.sgml
-apx-bugs.sgml
-apx-gloss.sgml
-config-prefs.sgml
-config-setupassist.sgml
-config-sync.sgml
-evolution.sgml
-menuref.sgml
-preface.sgml
-usage-calendar.sgml
-usage-contact.sgml
-usage-mail.sgml
-usage-mainwindow.sgml
-usage-notes.sgml
-usage-print.sgml
-usage-sync.sgml
Index: help/C/apx-authors.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/apx-authors.xml
diff -N help/C/apx-authors.xml
--- help/C/apx-authors.xml 12 May 2004 17:46:47 -0000 1.6
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
- <appendix id="authors">
- <title>Authors</title>
- <para>
- <application>Evolution</application> was written by the Ximian
- Evolution team and numerous other dedicated GNOME programmers.
- You can see their names by selecting <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>About</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> from any Evolution window.
- </para>
- <para>
- The <application>Evolution</application> code owes a great debt
- to the <application>GNOME-pim</application> and
- <application>GNOME-Calendar</application> applications, and to
- <application>KHTMLW</application>. The developers of
- <application>Evolution</application> acknowledge the efforts
- and contributions of all who worked on those projects.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Ximian would like to thank everyone who helped out with the bug
- tracking process, particularly Miles Lane, and also the staff of
- El Pelon Taqueria, on Peterborough St. in Boston, for
- sustenance.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For more information please visit the
- <application>Evolution</application> <ulink
- url="http://www.ximian.com/products/ximian_evolution/";
- type="http">Web page</ulink>. Please send all comments,
- suggestions, and bug reports to the <ulink
- url="http://bugzilla.ximian.com"; type="http">Ximian bug tracking
- database</ulink>. Instructions for submitting bug reports can be
- found on-line at the same location. You can also use the GNOME
- bug report tool, <command>bug-buddy</command>, to submit your
- defect reports.
- </para>
- <para>
- This manual was written by Aaron Weber
- (<email>aaron ximian com</email>), Kevin Breit
- (<email>mrproper ximian com</email>) Duncan Mak
- (<email>duncan ximian com</email>) and Ettore Perazzoli
- (<email>ettore ximian com</email>) with the help of the
- application programmers and the GNOME Documentation
- Project. Special thanks to Baris Cicek for proofreading.
- </para>
- <para>
- Please file comments and suggestions for this manual as bugs in
- the Ximian bug tracking system. If you contributed to this
- project but do not see your name here, please contact Aaron
- Weber (<email>aaron ximian com</email>) and he'll list you.
- </para>
- <para>
- Partial list of Documentation Translators (application
- translated to 36 additional languages):
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Daniel Persson for Swedish (.se)
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Hector Garcia Alvarez for Spanish (.es)
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Kjartan Maraas for Norwegian (.no)
- </para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- </para>
- </appendix>
-
-
-
-
-
Index: help/C/apx-bugs.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/apx-bugs.xml
diff -N help/C/apx-bugs.xml
--- help/C/apx-bugs.xml 4 Nov 2002 22:41:04 -0000 1.1
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
- <appendix id="bugs">
-
- <title>Known bugs and limitations</title>
- <abstract>
- <para>
- Ximian Evolution bug tracking is done at the <ulink
- url="http://bugzilla.ximian.com";>Ximian bug tracking
- System</ulink>. You may use that, or the GNOME <application>Bug
- Report Tool</application> (known as <command>bug-buddy</command>
- at the command line) if you find bugs or would like to request new
- features.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you need additional help with Ximian Evolution, please visit
- the Ximian support site at <ulink
- url="http://support.ximian.com";>ximian.com/support</ulink>.
- </para>
- </abstract>
-
-
- <para>
- A complete list of feature requests and other issues with
- Evolution is available online in the Ximian bug tracking system.
- You can learn more about the Ximian Evolution development process
- at <ulink
- url="http://developer.ximian.com";>developer.ximian.com</ulink>.
- </para>
-
-</appendix>
-
Index: help/C/apx-fdl.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/apx-fdl.xml
diff -N help/C/apx-fdl.xml
--- help/C/apx-fdl.xml 8 Jul 2004 20:59:58 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,667 +0,0 @@
-<!--
- The GNU Free Documentation License 1.1 in DocBook
- Markup by Eric Baudais <baudais okstate edu>
- Maintained by the GNOME Documentation Project
- http://developer.gnome.org/projects/gdp
- Version: 1.0.1
- Last Modified: Nov 16, 2000
--->
-
-<appendix id="apx-fdl">
- <appendixinfo>
- <releaseinfo>
- Version 1.1, March 2000
- </releaseinfo>
- <copyright>
- <year>2000</year><holder>Free Software Foundation, Inc.</holder>
- </copyright>
- <legalnotice id="fdl-legalnotice">
- <para>
- <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc. <street>59 Temple Place,
- Suite 330</street>, <city>Boston</city>, <state>MA</state>
- <postcode>02111-1307</postcode> <country>USA</country></address>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this
- license document, but changing it is not allowed.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
- </appendixinfo>
- <title>GNU Free Documentation License</title>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-preamble">
- <title>0. PREAMBLE</title>
- <para>
- The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or
- other written document <quote>free</quote> in the sense of
- freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and
- redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either
- commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License
- preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for
- their work, while not being considered responsible for
- modifications made by others.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- This License is a kind of <quote>copyleft</quote>, which means
- that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in
- the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License,
- which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
- free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
- free program should come with manuals providing the same
- freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited
- to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work,
- regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a
- printed book. We recommend this License principally for works
- whose purpose is instruction or reference.
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="fdl-section1">
- <title>1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS</title>
- <para id="fdl-document">
- This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
- notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
- distributed under the terms of this License. The
- <quote>Document</quote>, below, refers to any such manual or
- work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed
- as <quote>you</quote>.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-modified">
- A <quote>Modified Version</quote> of the Document means any work
- containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied
- verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another
- language.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-secondary">
- A <quote>Secondary Section</quote> is a named appendix or a
- front-matter section of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> that deals exclusively
- with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the
- Document to the Document's overall subject (or to related
- matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within
- that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a
- textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
- mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
- connection with the subject or with related matters, or of
- legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
- regarding them.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-invariant">
- The <quote>Invariant Sections</quote> are certain <link
- linkend="fdl-secondary"> Secondary Sections</link> whose titles
- are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the
- notice that says that the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
- License.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-cover-texts">
- The <quote>Cover Texts</quote> are certain short passages of
- text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts,
- in the notice that says that the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> is released under this
- License.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-transparent">
- A <quote>Transparent</quote> copy of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document"> Document</link> means a machine-readable
- copy, represented in a format whose specification is available
- to the general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited
- directly and straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for
- images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for
- drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is
- suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic
- translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text
- formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format
- whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
- subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy
- that is not <quote>Transparent</quote> is called
- <quote>Opaque</quote>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include
- plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input
- format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
- standard-conforming simple HTML designed for human
- modification. Opaque formats include PostScript, PDF,
- proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by
- proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD
- and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the
- machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for
- output purposes only.
- </para>
-
- <para id="fdl-title-page">
- The <quote>Title Page</quote> means, for a printed book, the
- title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to
- hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in
- the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title
- page as such, <quote>Title Page</quote> means the text near the
- most prominent appearance of the work's title, preceding the
- beginning of the body of the text.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section2">
- <title>2. VERBATIM COPYING</title>
- <para>
- You may copy and distribute the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> in any medium, either
- commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
- copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
- applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that
- you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this
- License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or
- control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or
- distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for
- copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you
- must also follow the conditions in <link
- linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated
- above, and you may publicly display copies.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section3">
- <title>3. COPYING IN QUANTITY</title>
- <para>
- If you publish printed copies of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
- and the Document's license notice requires <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>, you must enclose
- the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these
- Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
- Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also
- clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these
- copies. The front cover must present the full title with all
- words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add
- other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes
- limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the
- <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and satisfy these
- conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other
- respects.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
- legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
- reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
- adjacent pages.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you publish or distribute <link
- linkend="fdl-transparent">Opaque</link> copies of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> numbering more than 100,
- you must either include a machine-readable <link
- linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link> copy along with
- each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a
- publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a
- complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added
- material, which the general network-using public has access to
- download anonymously at no charge using public-standard network
- protocols. If you use the latter option, you must take
- reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque
- copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will
- remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one
- year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly
- or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the
- public.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors
- of the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> well before
- redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance
- to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section4">
- <title>4. MODIFICATIONS</title>
- <para>
- You may copy and distribute a <link
- linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the conditions of
- sections <link linkend="fdl-section2">2</link> and <link
- linkend="fdl-section3">3</link> above, provided that you release
- the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the
- Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
- licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version
- to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do
- these things in the Modified Version:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist mark="opencircle">
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>A</title>
- <para>
- Use in the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
- Page</link> (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
- from that of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, and from those of
- previous versions (which should, if there were any, be
- listed in the History section of the Document). You may
- use the same title as a previous version if the original
- publisher of that version gives permission.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>B</title>
- <para>
- List on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
- Page</link>, as authors, one or more persons or entities
- responsible for authorship of the modifications in the
- <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>,
- together with at least five of the principal authors of
- the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> (all of
- its principal authors, if it has less than five).
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>C</title>
- <para>
- State on the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title
- Page</link> the name of the publisher of the <link
- linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>, as the
- publisher.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>D</title>
- <para>
- Preserve all the copyright notices of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>E</title>
- <para>
- Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>F</title>
- <para>
- Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a
- license notice giving the public permission to use the
- <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> under
- the terms of this License, in the form shown in the
- Addendum below.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>G</title>
- <para>
- Preserve in that license notice the full lists of <link
- linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> and
- required <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover
- Texts</link> given in the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document's</link> license notice.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>H</title>
- <para>
- Include an unaltered copy of this License.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>I</title>
- <para>
- Preserve the section entitled <quote>History</quote>, and
- its title, and add to it an item stating at least the
- title, year, new authors, and publisher of the <link
- linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>as given on
- the <link linkend="fdl-title-page">Title Page</link>. If
- there is no section entitled <quote>History</quote> in the
- <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, create one
- stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the
- Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item
- describing the Modified Version as stated in the previous
- sentence.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>J</title>
- <para>
- Preserve the network location, if any, given in the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> for public access
- to a <link linkend="fdl-transparent">Transparent</link>
- copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations
- given in the Document for previous versions it was based
- on. These may be placed in the <quote>History</quote>
- section. You may omit a network location for a work that
- was published at least four years before the Document
- itself, or if the original publisher of the version it
- refers to gives permission.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>K</title>
- <para>
- In any section entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote> or
- <quote>Dedications</quote>, preserve the section's title,
- and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of
- each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
- dedications given therein.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>L</title>
- <para>
- Preserve all the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link> of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>, unaltered in their
- text and in their titles. Section numbers or the
- equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>M</title>
- <para>
- Delete any section entitled
- <quote>Endorsements</quote>. Such a section may not be
- included in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified
- Version</link>.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <formalpara>
- <title>N</title>
- <para>
- Do not retitle any existing section as
- <quote>Endorsements</quote> or to conflict in title with
- any <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Section</link>.
- </para>
- </formalpara>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>
- If the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
- includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as
- <link linkend="fdl-secondary">Secondary Sections</link> and
- contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your
- option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To
- do this, add their titles to the list of <link
- linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> in the
- Modified Version's license notice. These titles must be
- distinct from any other section titles.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You may add a section entitled <quote>Endorsements</quote>,
- provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your <link
- linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link> by various
- parties -- for example, statements of peer review or that the text
- has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
- definition of a standard.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You may add a passage of up to five words as a <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Text</link>, and a passage
- of up to 25 words as a <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Text</link>, to the end of
- the list of <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Texts</link>
- in the <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>.
- Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text
- may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one
- entity. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
- already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously
- added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are
- acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
- replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
- publisher that added the old one.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The author(s) and publisher(s) of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> do not by this License
- give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
- assert or imply endorsement of any <link
- linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version </link>.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section5">
- <title>5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS</title>
- <para>
- You may combine the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
- with other documents released under this License, under the
- terms defined in <link linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>
- above for modified versions, provided that you include in the
- combination all of the <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link> of all of the original documents, unmodified,
- and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in
- its license notice.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The combined work need only contain one copy of this License,
- and multiple identical <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link> may be replaced with a single copy. If there are
- multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different
- contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding
- at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
- author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique
- number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the
- list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined
- work.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled
- <quote>History</quote> in the various original documents,
- forming one section entitled <quote>History</quote>; likewise
- combine any sections entitled <quote>Acknowledgements</quote>,
- and any sections entitled <quote>Dedications</quote>. You must
- delete all sections entitled <quote>Endorsements.</quote>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section6">
- <title>6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS</title>
- <para>
- You may make a collection consisting of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> and other documents
- released under this License, and replace the individual copies
- of this License in the various documents with a single copy that
- is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
- rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
- documents in all other respects.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- dispbibute it individually under this License, provided you
- insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and
- follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim
- copying of that document.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section7">
- <title>7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS</title>
- <para>
- A compilation of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> or its derivatives with
- other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a
- volume of a storage or distribution medium, does not as a whole
- count as a <link linkend="fdl-modified">Modified Version</link>
- of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed
- for the compilation. Such a compilation is called an
- <quote>aggregate</quote>, and this License does not apply to the
- other self-contained works thus compiled with the Document , on
- account of their being thus compiled, if they are not themselves
- derivative works of the Document. If the <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Cover Text</link> requirement of <link
- linkend="fdl-section3">section 3</link> is applicable to these
- copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one
- quarter of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may
- be placed on covers that surround only the Document within the
- aggregate. Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole
- aggregate.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section8">
- <title>8. TRANSLATION</title>
- <para>
- Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
- distribute translations of the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> under the terms of <link
- linkend="fdl-section4">section 4</link>. Replacing <link
- linkend="fdl-invariant"> Invariant Sections</link> with
- translations requires special permission from their copyright
- holders, but you may include translations of some or all
- Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these
- Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this
- License provided that you also include the original English
- version of this License. In case of a disagreement between the
- translation and the original English version of this License,
- the original English version will prevail.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section9">
- <title>9. TERMINATION</title>
- <para>
- You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the <link
- linkend="fdl-document">Document</link> except as expressly
- provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy,
- modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
- automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
- parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
- License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
- parties remain in full compliance.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-section10">
- <title>10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE</title>
- <para>
- The <ulink type="http"
- url="http://www.gnu.org/fsf/fsf.html";>Free Software
- Foundation</ulink> may publish new, revised versions of the GNU
- Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions
- will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
- in detail to address new problems or concerns. See <ulink
- type="http"
- url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft";>http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/</ulink>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
- number. If the <link linkend="fdl-document">Document</link>
- specifies that a particular numbered version of this License
- <quote>or any later version</quote> applies to it, you have the
- option of following the terms and conditions either of that
- specified version or of any later version that has been
- published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
- the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
- you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by
- the Free Software Foundation.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="fdl-using">
- <title>Addendum</title>
- <para>
- To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
- the License in the document and put the following copyright and
- license notices just after the title page:
- </para>
-
- <blockquote>
- <para>
- Copyright YEAR YOUR NAME.
- </para>
- <para>
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
- License, Version 1.1 or any later version published by the
- Free Software Foundation; with the <link
- linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant Sections</link> being LIST
- THEIR TITLES, with the <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link> being LIST,
- and with the <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover
- Texts</link> being LIST. A copy of the license is included in
- the section entitled <quote>GNU Free Documentation
- License</quote>.
- </para>
- </blockquote>
-
- <para>
- If you have no <link linkend="fdl-invariant">Invariant
- Sections</link>, write <quote>with no Invariant Sections</quote>
- instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no
- <link linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Front-Cover Texts</link>, write
- <quote>no Front-Cover Texts</quote> instead of
- <quote>Front-Cover Texts being LIST</quote>; likewise for <link
- linkend="fdl-cover-texts">Back-Cover Texts</link>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code,
- we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your
- choice of free software license, such as the <ulink type="http"
- url="http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html";> GNU General Public
- License</ulink>, to permit their use in free software.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-</appendix>
-
-
Index: help/C/apx-gloss.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/apx-gloss.xml
diff -N help/C/apx-gloss.xml
--- help/C/apx-gloss.xml 7 Jan 2004 23:49:45 -0000 1.3
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,692 +0,0 @@
-<appendix id="outlook-migration">
- <title>Outlook to Evolution Migration</title>
- <para>If you are using Microsoft Outlook, but not Microsoft Exchange,
- this section will help you switch to Evolution.</para>
-
- <sect1 id="outlook-migration-mail">
- <title>Migrating Local Outlook Mail Folders</title>
- <para>Exchange and IMAP mail is stored on the server, so you do not
- need to migrate it to your Linux partition. However, if you have
- stored mail on your computer, you may wish to make it accessible to
- Evolution.</para>
- <para>First, while using Windows, prepare your messages for
- import:</para>
-
- <orderedlist>
-
- <listitem><para>Clean up your mail: Delete messages and folders you
- do not need, and select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Folders</guisubmenu>
- <guisubmenu>Properties</guisubmenu>
- <guisubmenu>Advanced</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Compact</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> to erase old, deleted messages from your PST
- file.</para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>If you nest your folders one inside another, you may wish to
- rename subfolders so that you can tell which folder they
- belong to. You will have to re-nest them after you load them
- into Evolution.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Import the files into Mozilla Mail (or
- another mailer, such as Netscape or Eudora, that uses the
- standard mbox format). Linux mailers cannot do this task,
- because it requires a library available only under
- Windows. In Mozilla, import by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Mail &
- Newsgroups</guisubmenu> <guisubmenu>Tools</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>.</para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Mozilla will create a set of files in the directory
-<filename>Windows\Application_Data\Mozilla\Profiles\(User
-Name)\(Random Letters)\Mail\Local Folders\Outlook
-Mail\</filename>. The data files are those that have no
-file extension.</para>
-
- <para>If you are using Windows XP or Windows 2000, your
- Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format,
- which some Linux systems will not read without additional
- software. You may find it simpler to copy the mail folders to a
- different drive or to burn a CD.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>Now that you have your mail in a format Evolution can
- understand, reboot to Linux. Then:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem><para>Mount your Windows drive or the
- disk where you saved the mail files.</para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Copy all the mail files into your home directory or
- another convenient place.</para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>Start Evolution.</para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Press
- <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> or select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to create
- the folders you want. This is where your previous
- organization pays off.
- </para></listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>Now you are ready to import the data files:</para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>In Evolution, open the file import assistant by selecting
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Click <guilabel>Next</guilabel>, and select
- <guilabel>Import a single file</guilabel>.
- </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>
- Leave the file
- type as <guilabel>automatic</guilabel> and click
- <guilabel>Browse</guilabel> to select the data
- file. Remember, the data files are the files that have no
- file extension.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the folder where you want to put the imported data
- file.</para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your
- mail.</para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect1>
-
-
- <!--
- <sect1 id="outlook-import-contacts">
- <title>Importing Contacts from Outlook</title>
-
- <para>
- To import contacts, you will again have to use Mozilla as an
- intermediary. This time, you will use Outlook to save your data
- to a comma separated value (CSV) file, then import it to
- Mozilla. From Mozilla, you will save it as an an LDIF file,
- which Evolution will import.
- </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- In Windows, export each Outlook address book as .csv. It is
- best to select the <guilabel>Export All Fields</guilabel> option,
- rather than choose a subset of fields. Be aware that if you
- have multiple address books, Outlook will suggest the same
- name for each exported file, so be sure to choose a new name
- each time you export a new address book.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- </sect1>
-Basically, the .cvs files will contain a top line with column titles
-(one per record field), and as many lines as there are contact entries
-(records). (Sorry, no idea about "groups" of contacts as subsets of an
-address book. Can you help?)
-
-A bit of massaging is useful, because while the Outlook set of columns is very comprehensive, other programs like Mozilla and Evolution have fewer and not entirely consistent, field names.
-
-For example,
-
-* Outlook offers 3 fields for email, Evolution just two, so I move the 3rd Outlook email address to the Notes field.
-
-* Outlook offers First, Middle, Last name fields, the others just First, Last, so I add the Middle Name to the First Name field.
-
-* Outlook offers three lines for the street address, instead of two (although the 3rd is rarely used, since most data end up in the City, State, ZIP/Postcode, Country fields).
-
-2) Switch to Linux. Start OpenOffice.org Calc. Open all the .csv files. A dialog will let you choose the right separators.
-
-3) Copy all records (lines) from all books (if you have multiple books) into the same file, using header lines to separate them. Thus you will massage all books in one shot. Save it.
-
-
-4.1) For names, add a few columns (by header, to write in the 1st line) FIRSTNAMECALC, FIRSTNAMENEW, SPACE.
-
-4.2) In the 1st record under SPACE insert a space; under FIRSTNAMECALC insert the formula:
-
-=CONCATENATE([cell under FIRSTNAME];[cell under SPACE];[cell under MIDDLE NAME])
-
-4.3) Copy these two cells all the way down to the last record. Check if first and middle names have been merged OK.
-
-4.4) Copy the whole FIRSTNAMECALC column.
-
-4.5) Paste-Special it over the FIRSTNAMENEW column, as "strings" - i.e. just the result, without formula.
-
-4.6) Rename this column to FIRSTANDMIDDLE, delete the FIRSTNAMECALC, FIRTSTNAME, MIDDLENAME, SPACE columns.
-
-If you care about those things (Continental Europe?), you may likewise concatenate more fields, as to have the FIRSTNAME column contain the whole sequence: Title First-Name Middle-Name (perhaps a space and comma) Suffix.
-
-
-5.1 - 5.6) For the 3rd email: first check if some exist. If they do, repear the procedure like for the names, until the 3rd email addresses are attached to the end of the Notes field.
-
-Likewise, depending on the data you actually have, you may want to plan to enter it into fields that may not be ideal, but at least similar.
-
-6) Seek & delete all empty columns, so at later steps you won't risk importing lots of nothing, and leave out lots of something.
-
-7) Save the file as many times as there are address books you want to have. Specify .csv, but select TAB as field separator and select double quote (") for text marker.
-
-8) Open each file, delete the excess records (lines) but KEEP THE TOP LINE where the column names are, save it as before, and finally once the file is saved, CHANGE THE FILENAME ENDING TO .tab - Mozilla likes them that way. For some reason, it won't recognize a tab-separated file that is not named in .tab, as if Calc did not mark it the file-type properly. This is not exactly Unix-like, but that's how it works. It may be a quirk of my setup, as one can instruct a filemanager to recognize filetypes from the 3-letter subfixes, like in Windows.
-
-9) Start Mozilla, import all the first address book as "single file".
-
-10) Carefully select which destination field (left colum) will suck up which source fields (right column). You do that by moving the destination fields. IMPORTANT: least you go nuts, start from the top and work your way down. Punch OK. Peruse the results. Don't do more imports until satisfied. Field mapping is sticky, so you'll do it only once.
-
-11) Repeat for the other files. (I still have some doubts: sometimes contacts end up in the main Contacts folder istead of the one I select. I still need to investigate. Hints anyone?)
- -->
-
-
-</appendix>
-
-<glossary id="apx-gloss">
-
- <title>Glossary</title>
-
- <glossentry id="assistant">
- <glossterm>Assistant:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A tool which guides a user through a series of steps,
- usually to configure or set up a program. Equivalent to "Wizard"
- and "Druid."
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="attachment">
- <glossterm>Attachment:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Any file sent along with an email. Attachments may be embedded in
- a message or appended to it.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-<glossentry id="automatic-indexing">
- <glossterm>Automatic Indexing:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Pre-fetching procedure that allows
- Evolution to refer to data quickly.
- It enables faster searches and decreases memory usage for
- data displays.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="bcc">
- <glossterm>Bcc (Blind Carbon Copy):</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A way of addressing a message. Bcc is used to send a group of
- people an e-mail, while hiding their names and addresses from each
- other.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="cc">
- <glossterm>Cc (Carbon Copy):</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Carbon-copies are used to send a 3rd party a copy of the e-mail,
- so they an keep up to date on a conversation, without being in the
- To: list.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="conduit">
- <glossterm>Conduit:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A small application which controls
- the transfer of data between a handheld device and a desktop
- computer.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="druid">
- <glossterm>Druid:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- See "Assistant."
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="evolution">
- <glossterm>Evolution:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Evolution is the <acronym> GNOME
- </acronym> groupware application.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="execute">
- <glossterm>Execute:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- To run a program. Any file that can be run is called an
- executable. Evolution can download
- executable attachments, but before they can be run, the files must
- be marked as executable with a shell or file manager. This
- security precaution prevents the automatic or accidental execution
- of malicious programs. For more information on executables and file
- permissions, see the documentation for your file manager or shell.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="expunge">
- <glossterm>Expunge:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- When messages are marked for deletion, they remain till they are expunged.
- When a message is expunged, it is permanently deleted, as long as it was
- marked for deletion.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="filetree">
- <glossterm>File Tree:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A way of describing a group of files on a computer. With the
- perversity typical of computer (and especially Unix and Linux)
- nomenclature, the top of the tree is called the root directory,
- and denoted by <filename>/</filename>.
- The rest of the "branches" spread downward from the root. Don't
- confuse the root directory with the root
- account, or root's home directory, normally
- <filename>/root</filename>.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="filter">
- <glossterm>Filter:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Within Evolution, a filter is a method
- of sorting mail automatically when it's downloaded. You can create filters to perform
- one or more actions on a message that meets any (or all) of a wide
- range of criteria.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="forward">
- <glossterm>Forward:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- If you get a message intended for someone else, you can use
- message forwarding to send it on to the right person.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="groupware">
- <glossterm>Groupware:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Groupware is a term describing an application which helps groups
- of people work together. Typically, a groupware application will
- have several productivity features built into one program,
- including: email, calendar, and address book tools.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="html">
- <glossterm>HTML:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Hyper-text Markup Language (<acronym>HTML</acronym>) is a language
- for describing page layout in electronic documents like web pages,
- help files, and email messages. HTML can be used in email and
- news posts to insert images and apply text treatments.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="hot-key">
- <glossterm>Hot Key:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Hot-keys are keyboard combinations used to do actions on a
- computer instead of using the mouse.
- Hot-keys can speed up computer usage.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="ical">
- <glossterm>iCal:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- <application>iCal</application> is the program which
- Evolution uses to manage the calendar
- section.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="imap">
- <glossterm>IMAP:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Depending upon whom you ask, IMAP stands for the Internet Mail
- Access Protocol, or the Interim Mail Access Protocol. It allows access to email which is typically (although
- not always) stored remotely on a server rather than on a local
- hard disk. Often contrasted with <glossterm>POP:</glossterm>.
- This will not be on the test.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="inline">
- <glossterm>Inline:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Displayed as part of a message or other document, rather than
- attached as a separate file. Contrast with <glossterm
- linkend="attachment">Attachment:</glossterm>.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="ldap">
- <glossterm>LDAP:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- LDAP, the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol, allows a client
- to search through a large database of addresses, phone numbers,
- and people stored on a server.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="mail-client">
- <glossterm>Mail Client:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A mail client is the application with which a person reads and
- sends e-mail. Its counterparts are the various types of mail
- servers, which handle user authentication and direct messages from
- sender to recipient.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="minicard">
- <glossterm>Minicard:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A format for the display of contact data. Similar in appearance
- to a small business card.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="nautilus">
- <glossterm>Nautilus:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- <application>Nautilus</application> is the file manager for <acronym>GNOME</acronym>.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="pop">
- <glossterm>POP:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- POP, the Post Office Protocol, is a mechanism for email
- transport. In contrast to IMAP, it is used only to get mail from
- a server and store it locally on your hard disk.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="protocol">
- <glossterm>Protocol:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- An agreed-upon method of communication, especially one for
- sending particular types of information between computer systems.
- Examples include POP (Post Office Protocol), for email, and HTTP
- (HypterText Transfer Protocol), for web pages.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="postscript">
- <glossterm>Postscript:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A standard document publishing format. Many printers read raw
- Postscript, making Postscript quite versatile.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="public-key-encryption">
- <glossterm>Public Key Encryption:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A strong encryption method that uses a set of two "keys," one of
- which is made public, and one of which is kept private. Data
- encrypted using the public key can only be decrypted using the
- private key. The longer the keys, the more difficult it is to
- break the encryption.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
-
- <glossentry id="regular-expression">
- <glossterm>Regular Expression:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A regular expression, or "regex", is a way of describing a
- string of text using metacharacters or wild-card symbols. For
- example, the statement <userinput>fly.*so[au]p</userinput> means
- "any phrase beginning with 'fly' and ending in 'soup' or
- 'soap'". If you searched for that expression, you'd find both
- "fly in my soup" and "fly in my soap." There's not room here to
- go into depth, but if you want, have a look at the documentation
- for the <command>grep</command> command by opening a command
- line and typing in <command>man grep</command>.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="script">
- <glossterm>Script:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A program written in an interpreted (rather than compiled)
- language. Often used as a synonym for "macro," to denote a series
- of pre-recorded commands or actions within an application. Often
- times, accomplish repetitive and tedious tasks, to save the
- user time.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="search-base">
- <glossterm>Search Base:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- LDAP can break contact lists into many groups. The Search
- Base tells LDAP the top group to use. How much of the Search
- Base that is searched is set by the <glossterm
- linkend="search-scope">Search Scope</glossterm> option.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="search-scope">
- <glossterm>Search Scope:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- Search Scope states how much of the <glossterm
- linkend="search-base">Search Base</glossterm> to search.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="sendmail">
- <glossterm>Sendmail:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- As its name implies, <application>sendmail</application> is a
- program which sends mail. Evolution
- can use it instead of <glossterm>SMTP:</glossterm>; some people
- prefer it because it offers more flexibility, but is more
- difficult to set up.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-
- <glossentry id="shortcut-bar">
- <glossterm>Shortcut Bar:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A portion of Evolution which offers
- users fast access to the most frequently used portions of the
- application.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="signature">
- <glossterm>Signature:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- In email terms, a signature is a piece of text placed at the end
- of every email sent, similar to a hand-written signature at the bottom
- of a written letter. A signature can be anything from a favorite
- quotation to a link to a web page; courtesy dictates that it be
- fewer than four lines long.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="smtp">
- <glossterm>SMTP:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- This is the most common way of transporting mail messages from
- the client's computer (you) to the server. SMTP stands for
- Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="tooltip">
- <glossterm>Tool-Tip:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A small box of explanatory text which appears when the mouse
- pointer is held motionless over a button or other interface
- element.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="virus">
- <glossterm>Virus:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A program which inserts itself into other files or programs and
- which, when executed, spreads to more programs and other
- computers. A virus can cause substantial damage by clogging
- networks or disk drives, deleting files, or opening security
- holes.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="vcard">
- <glossterm>VCard:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- A file format for the exchange of contact information. When you
- get an address card attached to an email, it's probably in VCard
- format. Not to be confused with <glossterm
- linkend="vfolder">vFolder:</glossterm>.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
- <glossentry id="vfolder">
- <glossterm>vFolder:</glossterm>
- <glossdef>
- <para>
- An email organization tool. vFolders allows you to create a folder
- that contains the results of a complex search. vFolder contents are
- are updated dynamically.
- </para>
- </glossdef>
- </glossentry>
-
-</glossary>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Index: help/C/apx-gpl.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/apx-gpl.xml
diff -N help/C/apx-gpl.xml
--- help/C/apx-gpl.xml 19 Nov 2002 20:30:32 -0000 1.1
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
-
- <appendix id="apx-gpl">
-
-<title>GNU General Public License</title>
-<para>
-Copyright (c) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- <address>Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- <street>59 Temple Place, Suite 330</street>,
- <city>Boston</city>,
- <state>MA</state> <postcode>02111-1307</postcode>
- <country>USA</country>
- </address>.
- </para>
-
-<para>
-This is version 2
-</para>
-
- <para>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
- </para>
-
-
- <sect1 id="preamble">
- <title>Preamble</title>
-
- <para>
- The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
- freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
- License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
- free software - to make sure the software is free for all its users.
- This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
- Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit
- to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered
- by the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it
- to your programs, too.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price.
- Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the
- freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this
- service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
- want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free
- programs; and that you know you can do these things.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone
- to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These
- restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute
- copies of the software, or if you modify it.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or
- for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You
- must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you
- must show them these terms so they know their rights.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- We protect your rights with two steps:
-
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- copyright the software, and
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
- distribute and/or modify the software.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that
- everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If
- the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its
- recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any
- problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors'
- reputations.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents.
- We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will
- individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program
- proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be
- licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification
- follow.
- </para>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="terms">
- <title>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION</title>
-
- <sect2 id="sect0">
- <title>Section 0</title>
- <para>
- This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice
- placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms
- of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such
- program or work, and a <quote>work based on the Program</quote> means either
- the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a
- work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with
- modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation
- is included without limitation in the term <quote>modification</quote>.) Each
- licensee is addressed as <quote>you</quote>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by
- this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not
- restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents
- constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running
- the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect1">
- <title>Section 1</title>
- <para>
- You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
- receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately
- publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty;
- keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
- warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
- along with the Program.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at
- your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect2">
- <title>Section 2</title>
- <para>
- You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus
- forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications
- or work under the terms of <link linkend="sect1">Section 1</link> above, provided
- that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
- <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that
- you changed the files and the date of any change.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or
- in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be
- licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of
- this License.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you
- must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most
- ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate
- copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying
- that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program
- under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
- License.
-
- <note>
- <title>Exception:</title>
- <para>
- If the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an
- announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an
- announcement.)
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections
- of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered
- independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms,
- do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when
- you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the
- Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose
- permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and
- every part regardless of who wrote it.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights
- to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control
- the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program
- (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium
- does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect3">
- <title>Section 3</title>
-
- <para>
- You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under
- <link linkend="sect2">Section 2</link> in object code or executable form under the terms of
- <link linkend="sect1">Sections 1</link> and <link linkend="sect2">2</link> above provided that
- you also do one of the following:
-
- <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
-
- must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
- customarily used for software interchange; or,
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any
- third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source
- distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code,
- to be distributed under the terms of Sections and above on a medium customarily
- used for software interchange; or,
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute
- corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial
- distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form
- with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications
- to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules
- it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control
- compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source
- code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or
- binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system
- on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a
- designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place
- counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to
- copy the source along with the object code.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect4">
- <title>Section 4</title>
-
- <para>
- You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided
- under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the
- Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However,
- parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their
- licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect5">
- <title>Section 5</title>
-
- <para>
- You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing
- else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works.
- These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying
- or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance
- of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or
- modifying the Program or works based on it.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect6">
- <title>Section 6</title>
-
- <para>
- Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient
- automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify
- the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions
- on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing
- compliance by third parties to this License.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect7">
- <title>Section 7</title>
-
- <para>
- If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other
- reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order,
- agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you
- from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously
- your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence
- you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit
- royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or
- indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be
- to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance,
- the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply
- in other circumstances.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property
- right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of
- protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public
- license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software
- distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up
- to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other
- system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the
- rest of this License.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect8">
- <title>Section 8</title>
-
- <para>
- If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents
- or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
- may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that
- distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License
- incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect9">
- <title>Section 9</title>
-
- <para>
- The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License
- from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ
- in detail to address new problems or concerns.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of
- this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms
- and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software
- Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any
- version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect10">
- <title>Section 10</title>
-
- <para>
- If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution
- conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted
- by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions
- for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all
- derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect11">
- <title>NO WARRANTY</title>
- <subtitle>Section 11</subtitle>
-
- <para>
- BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT
- PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
- OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
- INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
- PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
- PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sect12">
- <title>Section 12</title>
-
- <para>
- IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR
- ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
- FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
- USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED
- INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH
- ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
- DAMAGES.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- </appendix>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/config-prefs.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/config-prefs.xml
diff -N help/C/config-prefs.xml
--- help/C/config-prefs.xml 22 Jul 2004 20:19:06 -0000 1.20
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,1106 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="config-prefs">
-
- <title>Advanced Configuration</title>
- <para>
- Perhaps your mail server has changed names. Perhaps you've
- grown tired of a certain layout for your appointments.
- Whatever the reason, you want to change your
- Evolution settings. This chapter
- will tell you how to do just that.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can reach the Evolution settings window
- by choosing <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, no matter
- where you are in Evolution. On the left half of the settings
- window is a column, similar to the Evolution shortcut bar,
- which lets you choose which portion of Evolution to
- customize. The right half of the window is where you'll make
- your actual changes.
- </para>
-
-
- <!-- ==============Figure===================== -->
- <figure id="config-prefs-mail-fig">
- <title>Changing Mail Settings</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Changing Mail Settings</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/config-mail" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- <!-- ==============End of Figure================-->
-
- <para>
- There are six items you can customize. From top to bottom, they
- are:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Mail Accounts</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Add or change information about your email
- accounts: the servers to which you connect, the way you
- download mail, your password authentication mode, and so
- forth. This is the most complex item in the list, and is
- covered in <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity"/>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Autocompletion</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Set the contact groups to be used when completing email
- addresses in the message composer.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Mail Preferences</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- These are overall mail reading preferences: display
- settings, notification options, security, and so
- forth. Settings that vary per-account are in the Mail
- Accounts tool, described in <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity"/>, but most of the
- mail settings are here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Composer Preferences</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Settings for the way that you use the mail composer:
- shortcuts, signatures, spelling, and so forth. One fun
- feature here is the ability to substitute graphical
- smiley-faces for "emoticons" such as :) that many people
- use in email. This tool is covered in <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer"/>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Calendar and Tasks</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, you can set the way the calendar behaves, including
- your time zone and the length of your work-week.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guiicon>Certificates</guiicon></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Certificate handling for S/MIME security systems.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
-
- </para>
- <para>
- Previous versions of Evolution included directory servers, folder
- settings, and Exchange delegation in the settings tool. Directory
- servers can now be set up as contacts groups in the
- <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> tool, you can change folder settings
- in the folder right-click menu, and Exchange delegation is
- available in the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu of the
- <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> tool.
- </para>
-
- <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail-identity">
- <title>Working with Mail Accounts</title>
- <para>
- Evolution allows you to maintain multiple accounts, or
- identities. When you are writing an email
- message, you can which account to use by selecting from the
- drop-down list next to the <guilabel>From</guilabel> entry in
- the message composer.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Clicking <guilabel>Send/Receive</guilabel> will check all
- mail sources that are not disabled. If you don't want to check
- mail for a given account, select it
- in the <guilabel>Mail Accounts</guilabel> tab and click the
- <guilabel>Disable</guilabel> button.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To add a new account, click <guilabel>Add</guilabel>
- to open the mail configuration assistant. To alter an
- existing identity, select it in the
- <interface>Preferences</interface> window, and then click
- <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> to open the account editor
- dialog.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The account editor dialog has six sections:
-
- <variablelist>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Identity</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, enter the name and email address for this
- account. You may also choose a default signature to
- insert into messages sent from this account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Receiving Mail</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the way you will be getting mail: you may
- download mail from a server (<link
- linkend="pop">POP</link>), read and keep it on the
- server (Microsoft Exchange, Novell GroupWise, or <link
- linkend="imap">IMAP</link>), or read it from files
- that already exist on your desktop computer. Your server
- require you to use a Secure Socket Layer (SSL) connection.
- You may select <guilabel>Always</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Whenever Possible</guilabel>, or
- <guilabel>Never</guilabel> as your SSL choice. If one
- doesn't work, try another.
-
- <note id="config-arbitrary-port">
- <title>Specifying Port Numbers</title>
- <para>
- Your system administrator may ask you to connect to a specific port on
- a mail server. To specify which port you use, just type a colon and
- the port number after the server name. For example, to connect to port
- 143 on the server smtp.omniport.com, you would enter
- as
- <userinput>
- smtp.omniport.com:143
- </userinput> as the server name.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Receiving Options</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, decide whether you'd like to check for mail
- automatically and how often, as well as other message
- retrieval options.
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose POP:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Checking for new mail:</guilabel> If you would
- like Evolution
- to check for new mail automatically,
- check the box and select a frequency in
- minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Leave messages on server:</guilabel> If you'd like to store
- copies of your mail on the server, check
- this option.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Disable support for all
- POP3 extensions:</guilabel> Some email
- servers refuse to work with the extended
- POP3 command set; select this item to
- have Evolution use a more limited set of
- interactions with the server. If your
- server periodically drops your
- connection, this option may help.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose Microsoft Exchange:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
-
- <itemizedlist> <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Checking for new mail</guilabel>: If you would like
- Evolution to check for new mail automatically, check
- the box and select a frequency in minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Global Catalog server name</guilabel>: enter the name of your
- Global Catalog server to create a folder for your
- organization's Global Address List.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Limit number of Responses</guilabel>: Select a maximum number
- of results for an address search. Lowering the maximum
- number the load on your system and on your
- network. Most servers will not send more than 1000
- results, regardless of the value you select here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Mailbox Name</guilabel>: Enter your mailbox name.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>OWA Path</guilabel>: Enter the path used with Outlook Web Access on your server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Public Folder Server</guilabel>: Enter the name of your public
- folder server, if it differs from your Exchange server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Apply Filters to new messages in Inbox on this
- server</guilabel>: check this box if you wish to apply filters
- to this account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose IMAP:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Checking for new mail</guilabel>: If you would like
- Evolution to check for new mail
- automatically, check the box and select a frequency in
- minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>If you want Evolution
- to check for new messages in <emphasis>all</emphasis> your
- IMAP folders, make sure the <guilabel>Check for new
- messages in all folders</guilabel> box is selected.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Show only subscribed folders</guilabel>: Check this box if you
- have more folders in your IMAP view than you want to
- read.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Override server-supplied namespace</guilabel>: If you like, enter a
- specific directory where your server stores mail for
- you. Typical values are "mail" and "Mail." For more
- information about how to use IMAP mail, see <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/>.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this
- server</guilabel>: If you'd like your filters to work on this
- account, check this box.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose GroupWise:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Checking for new mail</guilabel>: If you would like
- Evolution to check for new mail
- automatically, check the box and select a frequency in
- minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>If you want Evolution
- to check for new messages in all your GroupWise folders,
- make sure the <guilabel>Check for new messages in all
- folders</guilabel> box is selected.</para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this
- server</guilabel>: If you'd like your filters to work on this
- account, check this box.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatically synchronize remote mail
- locally</guilabel>: Download all mail immediately, instead of waiting
- until you try to open the message to check it. This
- setting will make Evolution slower at first, but faster
- after the download. Leaving it unchecked means that
- Evolution will take longer to display each additional
- message, but will not waste time trying to download every
- single message if you can tell from the subjects that you
- do not need to read them all.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Address Book and Calendar: Post Office
- Agent SOAP Port</guilabel>: If your post office agent uses
- a SOAP port other than the default, enter it here. The
- SOAP port is what allows Evolution to access the GroupWise
- address book and calendar. Your system administrator will
- know the port. If there are not many Linux users in your
- organization, you may also need to request that the SOAP
- service be enabled.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Sending Mail</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- In this section, you will choose and configure a method
- for sending mail. You may choose <link
- linkend="smtp">SMTP</link>, Microsoft Exchange (if
- you have installed the Evolution Connector for Microsoft
- Exchange) or <link
- linkend="sendmail">sendmail</link>.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you choose Exchange or Sendmail, you're done with
- this tab. SMTP offers you a choice of hostname,
- connection security level, and authentication type,
- which you will recognize as similar to those for
- IMAP and POP servers in the <guilabel>Receiving
- Mail</guilabel> tab.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Defaults</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, you can decide where this account will store the
- messages that it has sent, and the messages that you
- save as drafts. If you wish to revert to the "factory"
- settings, click the <guilabel>Restore
- Defaults</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you wish to send someone a copy of every message from
- this account, check the box labeled <guilabel>Always
- carbon-copy (Cc) to:</guilabel> or <guilabel>Always
- blind carbon-copy (Bcc) to:</guilabel>, and enter one or
- more addresses.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Security</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- In this section, you will set the security options for
- this account. If you use encryption, enter your PGP
- key id (see <xref linkend="encryption"/> for more
- information) and select among the four options below to
- determine key and signature handling.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail">
- <title>Mail Preferences</title>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Mail Preferences</guilabel> tool lets you choose how
- to display citations, how long to wait before marking a
- message as read, and other mail display settings. There are
- three categories of settings: General, HTML Mail, and
- Colors.
- </para>
- <para>
- For information on individual email account settings, see <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity" />.
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="config-prefs-mail-general">
- <title>General Mail Settings</title>
-
- <para>
- In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, your options are:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Message Fonts</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Normally, Evolution will use the same fonts as other
- GNOME applications. To choose different fonts, uncheck
- the box <guilabel>Use the same fonts as other
- applications</guilabel> and select one font for standard typefaces and
- a second for monospace, or terminal, display.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Message Display</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- These three settings handle the way messages appear to
- you.
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Mark Messages as Read...</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Normally, Evolution will mark a message as read as soon
- as it is displayed. If you prefer, you may set this to
- happen only after a delay, or disable it entirely and
- mark messages as read only when you choose to do so.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Default Character Encoding</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This setting allows you to select character
- interpretation sets so that Evolution can display
- different alphabets. If you are not sure, pick
- Unicode (UTF-8), which will work for a large
- number of languages and character sets.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Highlight Quotations</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose a color to highlight quotations from other
- messages.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Deleting Mail</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, choose whether to delete messages automatically
- when quitting Evolution, and whether you wish to
- explicitly confirm the final deletion of messages.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>New Mail Notification</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Evolution can alert you to the arrival of new mail with
- a beep or by playing a sound file. Choose your alert
- noise, or select none, as you wish.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="mail-prefs-html">
- <title>HTML Mail Preferences</title>
-
- <para>
- The options in the <guilabel>HTML Mail</guilabel> tab are:
- <variablelist>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Show animated images</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Turn animation on or off here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Prompt when sending HTML messages to contacts that don't want them</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Some people do not like HTML mail, and you can set
- Evolution to warn you. This warning will appear only
- when you send HTML mail to people in your contacts
- who are listed as disliking HTML.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Loading Image</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You can embed a image in an email and have it load only
- when the message arrives. However, spammers can use image loading
- patterns to confirm "live" addresses and invade your
- privacy. You may elect never to load images
- automatically, to load images only if the sender is in
- your contacts, or always load images.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you have chosen not to load images automatically, you
- can choose to see the images in one message at a time by selecting <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Message Display</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Load Images</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Colors</guilabel> tab lets you select different
- color labels for individual messages. You can return to the default
- settings by clicking the <guilabel>Restore Defaults</guilabel>
- button.
- </para>
-</sect2>
-<sect2 id="mail-prefs-colors">
- <title>Mail Color Preferences</title>
- <para>
- The Mail Color preferences tool lets you select color labels for
- different kinds of messages. Click a color to change the color, or
- change the label associated with that color.
- </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-<sect2 id="mail-prefs-headers">
- <title>Mail Header Preferences</title>
- <para>
- The headers on an incoming message are the information about the
- message that isn't the content of the message itself: the sender,
- the time it was sent, and so forth. Check the boxes here to show
- or hide different amounts of information about the messages you read.
- </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-
-
-<sect2 id="mail-prefs-junk">
- <title>Junk Mail Preferences</title>
- <para>
- There are only two items here: <guilabel>Check Incoming Mail for
- Junk</guilabel> and <guilabel>Include Remote Tests.</guilabel>
- Checking for junk mail uses the SpamAssassin tool with trainable
- bayesian filters. It also includes online tests, like checking for
- blacklisted message senders and ISPs. Online tests can make
- filtering slower, but more accurate. Check the boxes here to choose
- your mail filtering method.
- </para>
-</sect2>
-
-
-</sect1>
-
-
- <sect1 id="config-prefs-mail-composer">
- <title>Composer Preferences</title>
- <para>
- There are three tabs of settings you can change for the
- message composer. The <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab covers shortcuts and
- assorted behavior, and the other two control signatures and
- spell checking. In the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab, you can set:
-
- <variablelist>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Default Behavior</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose how you will normally forward and reply
- messages, what character set they will use, whether
- they will be in HTML, and whether that HTML can
- contain smiley face images.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Alerts</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- There are two optional alerts here:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Prompt when sending messages with an empty subject line</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The composer will warn you if you try to send a
- message without a subject.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Prompt when sending messages with only Bcc recipients defined</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The composer will warn you if you try to send a
- message that has only <guilabel>Bcc</guilabel>
- recipients. This is important because some mail
- servers will fail to honor blind carbon copy if you
- do not have at least one recipient that is visible to
- all readers.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The signature editor allows you to create several different
- signatures in plain text or in HTML, and to specify which of
- them will be added to emails you create in the message
- composer. If you prefer to use an alternate signature or
- none at all, you can select it from the mail composer itself.
- </para>
- <para>
- To choose a spell-checking language, select it here. Note that
- you must install the gnome-spell package, available through Red
- Carpet, for spell-checking to be available in
- Evolution. Alternate dictionaries are also available through
- Red Carpet and are detected automatically if you have installed
- them.
- To have the composer automatically check your spelling while you
- type, check the box labeled <guilabel>Check spelling while I type.</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>
- You can check the spelling of messages by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Spell Check
- Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
-</sect1>
-
-
- <sect1 id="config-prefs-cal">
- <title>Calendar and Tasks Settings</title>
- <para>
- The calendar configuration tool has two tabs
- <guilabel>General</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Display</guilabel>, and is illustrated in <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-cal-fig"/>.
-
- <!-- ==============Figure===================== -->
- <figure id="config-prefs-cal-fig">
- <title>Calendar Preferences Dialog</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Calendar Configuration</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/config-cal" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- <!-- ==============End of Figure================-->
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The General tab lets you set the
- following:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Time zone</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The city you're located in, to judge your time zone.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Time format</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>You may choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and
- twenty-four hour time formats here by clicking the
- appropriate radio button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Week Starts</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select the day you wish to be displayed as the first in each week.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Day Begins</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- For Evolution, a normal work day begins at 9 AM and
- ends at 5PM. You can select your preferred hours to
- make sure that all your events are displayed properly.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Day Ends</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Set the end of a normal workday.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Alerts</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you'd like to be warned before you delete any
- appointment, or to have a reminder automatically
- appear for each event, select the check boxes here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The Display tab lets you choose how
- your appointments and tasks will appear in your calendar.
- </para>
- <para>The display properties you can set are:
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Time divisions</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the
- daily view in the calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Show appointment end times in week and month views</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If there is space, Evolution will show the end
- times in the week and month views for each
- appointment.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Compress weekends in month view</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If checked, your weekends will be shown in one box,
- instead of one for each day in the month view.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Show week numbers in date navigator</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This will show the week numbers next to the respective
- weeks in the calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Tasks due today</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the color for tasks due today.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Overdue tasks</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose the color for overdue tasks.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Hide Completed Tasks</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Check this box to have completed tasks hidden after a
- period of time measured in days, hours,
- or minutes. If you leave the box unchecked,
- completed tasks will remain in your task list, marked
- as complete.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="config-prefs-contact">
- <title>Directory Servers</title>
- <para>
- Autocompletion is available in the main settings tool.
- The other major contact configuration task is creating new
- directory servers or remote contacts groups.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To add a new group of contacts, either local or remote, do the following:
- </para>
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Go to the contacts tool by clicking the
- <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select <menuchoice><guimenu>New</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Contacts Group</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select a name and location for the contact group. The name
- is for display only. </para>
-
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel>. If the contact
- group is stored locally, then you don't have to
- provide any more information. Click
- <guilabel>OK</guilabel> and you are done.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
-
- <para>
- If you are creating an <link
- linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> server, enter the server information
- as requested by the assistant:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Server name</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Internet address of the contact server you'll be using.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Login Method</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Specify whether your login is anonymous, using
- an email address, or a "distinguished name." If
- the login is not anonymous, enter the email
- address or distinguished name (DN) required by
- the server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Port</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The internet port
- Evolution connects to
- in order to access the LDAP database. This is
- normally 389.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Use SSL/TLS</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- SSL and TLS are security mechanisms. If you
- select <guilabel>Always</guilabel>, Evolution
- will not connect unless
- secure connections are available. The default value is
- <guilabel>Whenever Possible</guilabel>, which uses
- secure connections if they are available,
- but does not cause failure if they are not.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Search base</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The <link linkend="search-base">search
- base</link> is the starting point for a directory search.
- Contact your network administrator for information about
- the correct settings.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Search scope</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The <link linkend="search-scope">search
- scope</link> is the breadth of a given search.
- The following options are available:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>One</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Searches the Search Base and one entry
- below it.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Sub</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Searches the Search Base and all entries
- below it.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Timeout (minutes)</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This is the maximum time Evolution will attempt to
- download data from the server before giving up.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Download Limit</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Set the maximum number of results for a given
- search. Most servers refuse to send more than
- 500, but you can set the number lower if you
- want to shorten downloads for very broad
- searches.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Display name</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This is the name you will use to label this
- folder, and may be any name you choose.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Apply</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <para>
- Editing a directory server account means changing that same
- information, although it is displayed in a slightly different order.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
-
-</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/config-sync.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/config-sync.xml
diff -N help/C/config-sync.xml
--- help/C/config-sync.xml 13 Jul 2004 19:45:35 -0000 1.6
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
- <chapter id="config-sync">
- <title>Synchronization Settings</title>
- <para>
- Synchronization presents you with two issues you'll need to
- address. First, your computer needs to recognize and access
- your handheld. At this time, Novell Evolution only supports
- PalmOS devices like the Palm Pilot and the Handspring Visor.
- Secondly, you should decide what sort of synchronization
- behavior you want.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you haven't used a handheld device with your computer
- before, you'll need to run the GNOME Control
- Center by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- and make sure that <application>Pilot Link</application> is
- properly configured. You will need to make sure that you have
- read and write permissions on the device, which is normally
- /dev/pilot. If that does not work, check /dev/ttyS0 if you have
- a serial connection, or /dev/ttyUSB0 for a USB connection. You
- can do this by becoming root and running the command:
- <userinput>chmod 777 /dev/ttyUSB0</userinput>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once your computer and your PalmOS device are talking happily
- to each other, select the <link
- linkend="conduit">conduits</link> you want under the
- <guilabel>Pilot Conduits</guilabel> section of the Control
- Center. You may use conduits to synchronize data with several
- applications; the Novell Evolution
- conduits are labeled <guilabel>EAddress</guilabel>, for the
- contacts in your address book, <guilabel>ECalendar</guilabel>,
- for your calendar, and <guilabel>ETodo</guilabel>, for your
- task list.
- </para>
- <para>
- To enable a conduit, click the
- <guilabel>Enable</guilabel> to enable it, and click
- <guilabel>Settings</guilabel> to change what it will do when
- activated. Your options may vary depending on the conduit,
- but typically they will be:
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Disabled:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Do nothing.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Synchronize:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and
- from the handheld to the computer. Remove items
- that were on both systems but have been deleted on
- one.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Copy From Pilot:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If there is any new data on the the handheld device,
- copy it to the computer.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Copy To Pilot:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Copy new data from the computer to the handheld.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Merge From Pilot:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Copy new data from the handheld to the computer, and
- remove any information from the computer that has
- been deleted on the handheld.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Merge To Pilot:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and
- remove any information from the handheld that has
- been deleted on the computer.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Select the behavior you want for each conduit you choose to use.
- If you're not sure, go ahead and stick with
- <guilabel>Synchronize</guilabel>. Then, put your handheld on
- its cradle and press the HotSync button.
- </para>
- <para>
- <tip>
- <title>Data Loss Prevention</title>
- <para>
- It's always a good idea to make a backup. To do that,
- make a copy of the <filename>evolution</filename>
- directory inside your home directory.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </para>
-
- </chapter>
-
-
-
-
Index: help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf
diff -N help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf
--- help/C/evolution-1.5-C.omf 17 Nov 2003 15:50:53 -0000 1.1
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" standalone="no"?>
-<omf>
- <resource>
- <creator>
- Ximian, Inc.
- </creator>
- <title>
- User's Guide to Ximian Evolution 1.4
- </title>
- <date>2002-2003</date>
- <subject category="GNOME|Applications"/>
- <description>
- A user's guide to Ximian Evolution which explains how to use
- its mail, calendar, addressbook, and task list features.
- </description>
- <type>
- manual
- </type>
- <format mime="text/xml" dtd="-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"/>
- <identifier url="/"/>
- <language code="C"/>
- <relation seriesid="83434cc6-71d1-11d7-9b12-ef76b8cf7c8f" />
- <rights type="GNU FDL" license.version="1.1" license="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html"; holder="Ximian, Inc."/>
- </resource>
-</omf>
Index: help/C/evolution-1.5.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/evolution-1.5.xml
diff -N help/C/evolution-1.5.xml
--- help/C/evolution-1.5.xml 13 Jul 2004 19:45:35 -0000 1.7
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version='1.0' ?>
-
-<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
- "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd"; [
-
-<!ENTITY GFDL SYSTEM "apx-fdl.xml">
-<!ENTITY LEGAL SYSTEM "legal.xml">
-<!ENTITY GPL SYSTEM "apx-gpl.xml">
-<!ENTITY PREFACE SYSTEM "preface.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-MAINWINDOW SYSTEM "usage-mainwindow.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-MAIL SYSTEM "usage-mail.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-MAIL-ORG SYSTEM "usage-mail-org.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-CONTACT SYSTEM "usage-contact.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-CALENDAR SYSTEM "usage-calendar.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-EXCHANGE SYSTEM "usage-exchange.xml">
-<!ENTITY USAGE-SYNC SYSTEM "usage-sync.xml">
-<!ENTITY CONFIG-PREFS SYSTEM "config-prefs.xml">
-<!ENTITY CONFIG-SYNC SYSTEM "config-sync.xml">
-<!ENTITY MENUREF SYSTEM "menuref.xml">
-<!ENTITY APX-GLOSS SYSTEM "apx-gloss.xml">
-<!ENTITY APX-COMMON-TASKS SYSTEM "apx-common-tasks.xml">
-<!ENTITY APX-BUGS SYSTEM "apx-bugs.xml">
-<!ENTITY APX-AUTHORS SYSTEM "apx-authors.xml">
-
-<!ENTITY appversion "1.5">
-<!ENTITY docversion "1.5">
-<!ENTITY pubdate "May, 2004">
-
-]>
-
-<!-- Almost every chapter is an entity. Files, Chapter id's, and
-entity names correspond. APX is for appendix. -->
-
-<!-- STYLE RULES:
-* Use "guilabel" instead of "guibutton" everywhere.
-* "Address Book" is two words, but it's better to use "Contacts", Contact, or Contact List
-* The "application" tag is not used around "Evolution."
-* Filenames use command tags so they appear in the same font as commands
-* There is one bar and it is the Shortcut Bar. The folder bar is dead. -->
-
-<!-- FIXME, TODO: take new screenshots, -->
-
-<book id="index">
- <bookinfo>
- <title>Evolution 1.5 Manual</title>
- <authorgroup>
- <author><firstname>Aaron</firstname><surname>Weber</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>Kevin</firstname><surname>Breit</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>Ettore</firstname><surname>Perazzoli</surname></author>
- <author><firstname>Duncan</firstname><surname>Mak</surname></author>
- </authorgroup>
- <copyright>
- <year>2000-2004</year>
- <holder>Novell, Inc.</holder>
- </copyright>
-
- <releaseinfo>
- This is version &docversion; of the Novell Evolution manual. It describes
- version &appversion; of the Novell Evolution groupware suite.
- </releaseinfo>
-
-
- <legalnotice id="legalnotice">
- <para>
- Please note that legal and licensing information is in <xref linkend="preface" /> due to formatting issues with its
- previous location.
- </para>
- </legalnotice>
- </bookinfo>
-
-
- <preface id="preface">
- <title>Preface</title>
- &LEGAL;
- &PREFACE;
- </preface>
-
- <part id="usage">
- <title>Using Evolution</title>
- <partintro>
- <para>
- Part one of the Novell Evolution manual
- describes how to use Novell Evolution for
- email, contact management, and appointment and task
- scheduling. You'll find as you go along that there's more
- than one way to do things, and you can pick whichever method
- you like best.
- </para>
- </partintro>
-
- &USAGE-MAINWINDOW;
- &USAGE-MAIL;
- &USAGE-MAIL-ORG;
- &USAGE-CONTACT;
- &USAGE-CALENDAR;
- &USAGE-EXCHANGE;
- &USAGE-SYNC;
- </part>
- <part id="config">
- <title>Setting Preferences</title>
- <partintro>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution is highly
- configurable. Usually, when developers say that, they mean
- that they didn't test it out thoroughly and have left it to
- other programmers to "configure" themselves a working
- system. In the case of Novell
- Evolution, "configurable" means that, while you
- can expect the program to work perfectly well with the default
- settings, it's also easy to alter its behavior in a wide
- variety of ways, so that it fits your needs exactly. This
- part of the book will describe that process, from the quickest
- glimpse of the Setup Assistant to an in-depth guide to obscure
- preferences settings.
- </para>
- </partintro>
-
- &CONFIG-PREFS;
- &CONFIG-SYNC;
- </part>
-
- &APX-GLOSS;
- &MENUREF;
- &APX-BUGS;
- &APX-AUTHORS;
- &GPL;
- &GFDL;
-
-</book>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/evolution-C.omf
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/evolution-C.omf
diff -N help/C/evolution-C.omf
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ help/C/evolution-C.omf 7 Sep 2004 21:15:57 -0000
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" standalone="no"?>
+<omf>
+ <resource>
+ <creator>
+ Novell, Inc.
+ </creator>
+ <title>
+ User's Guide to Evolution 2.0
+ </title>
+ <date>2002-2003</date>
+ <subject category="GNOME|Applications"/>
+ <description>
+ A user's guide to Evolution which explains how to use
+ its mail, calendar, addressbook, and task list features.
+ </description>
+ <type>
+ manual
+ </type>
+ <format mime="text/xml" dtd="-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"/>
+ <identifier url="/"/>
+ <language code="C"/>
+ <relation seriesid="83434cc6-71d1-11d7-9b12-ef76b8cf7c8f" />
+ <rights type="GNU FDL" license.version="1.1" license="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.html"; holder="Novell, Inc."/>
+ </resource>
+</omf>
Index: help/C/evolution.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/evolution.xml
diff -N help/C/evolution.xml
--- /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
+++ help/C/evolution.xml 7 Sep 2004 21:15:58 -0000
@@ -0,0 +1,3901 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN"
+"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd"; [
+ <!ENTITY z-3rdParty "*" >
+ <!ENTITY z-SM "(SM)" >
+ <!ENTITY z-CM "(CM)" >
+ <!ENTITY z-CLM "(CLM)" >
+ <!ENTITY z-nbhyph "-" >
+ <!ENTITY z-nbspace " " >
+] >
+
+<book lang="en">
+<title>Evolution User Guide 2.0</title>
+
+ <bookinfo id="Front">
+ <productname>Evolution™</productname>
+ <productnumber>2.0</productnumber>
+ <invpartnumber>September 9, 2004</invpartnumber>
+ <title>User guide</title>
+ </bookinfo>
+
+ <preface id="preface">
+ <title>About This Guide</title>
+ <para>This guide describes how to use and manage Evolution™ 2.0.x client software. This guide is intended for users and is divided into the following sections:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-mainwindow">Getting Started</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-mail">Getting and Sending E-Mail</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-mail-organize">Organizing Your E-Mail</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-contact">Evolution Contacts: the Address Book</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-calendar">Evolution Calendar</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bs4tmzx">Connecting to GroupWise</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-exchange">Connecting to Exchange Servers</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="config-prefs">Advanced Configuration</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="config-sync">Synchronizing Your Handheld Device</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="outlook-migration">Migration from Outlook to Evolution</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="menuref">Quick Reference</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bugs">Known Bugs and Limitations</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <bridgehead>Finding Help</bridgehead>
+ <para>You can find additional help in three places. </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For information about command line options, open a terminal window and type <command>evolution --help</command>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For support, late-breaking news, and errata, visit the Novell support center at <ulink url="http://support.novell.com";>support.novell.com</ulink>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the Evolution interface, click Help > Contents.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <bridgehead>Documentation Updates</bridgehead>
+ <para>For the most recent version of the<citetitle> Evolution 2.0 User Guide</citetitle>, see the <ulink url="http://www.novell.com/documentation/ximian.html";>Evolution Documentation Web site</ulink>.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Documentation Conventions</bridgehead>
+ <para>In Novell documentation, a greater-than symbol (>) is used to separate actions within a step and items in a cross-reference path.</para>
+ <para>A trademark symbol (®, ™, etc.) denotes a Novell trademark. An asterisk (*) denotes a third-party trademark.</para>
+ </preface>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-mainwindow">
+ <title>Getting Started</title>
+ <para>Evolution™ makes the tasks of storing, organizing, and retrieving your personal information easier, so you can work and communicate more effectively with others. It's a highly evolved <link linkend="groupware">groupware</link> program, an integral part of the Internet-connected desktop.</para>
+ <para>Evolution can help you work in a group by handling e-mail, address, and other contact information, and one or more calendars. It can do that on one or several computers, connected directly or over a network, for one person or for large groups.</para>
+ <para>With Evolution, you can accomplish your most common daily tasks faster. For example, it takes only one or two clicks to enter appointment or contact information sent to you by e-mail, or to send e-mail to a contact or appointment. Evolution makes displays faster and more efficient, so searches are faster and memory usage is lower. People who get lots of e-mail will appreciate advanced features like <link linkend="vfolder">vFolders</link>, which let you save searches as though they were ordinary e-mail folders.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-mainwindow-starting">Starting Evolution for the First Time</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="ui-intro">About the Evolution Main Window </link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="usage-mainwindow-starting">
+ <title>Starting Evolution for the First Time</title>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bs4u1a6">
+ <para>Click the Applications Menu icon > Office > Evolution.</para>
+ <para>or</para>
+ <para>Enter <command>evolution</command> at the command line.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+
+ <section id="bse54o0">
+ <title>Using the First-Run Assistant</title>
+ <para>The first time you run Evolution, it creates a directory called evolution in your home directory, where it stores all of its local data. Then, it opens a first-run assistant to help you set up e-mail accounts and import data from other applications.</para>
+ <para>Using the first-run assistant takes approximately two to five minutes.</para>
+ <para>Later on, if you want to change this account, or if you want to create a new one, select Tools > Settings, then click Mail Accounts. Select the account you want to change, then click Edit. Alternately, add a new account by clicking Add. See <link linkend="config-prefs-mail">Mail Preferences</link> for details.</para>
+
+ <section id="first-step">
+ <title>Defining Your Identity</title>
+ <informalfigure id="bsj8pww">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/evo_identity_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para>The Identity window is the first step in the assistant. Here, you will enter some basic personal information. You can define multiple identities later by clicking Tools > Settings, then click Mail Accounts. </para>
+ <para>In the Identity page, you need to provide the following information:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dl">
+ <title>Account Information:</title>
+ <para> Type a name for Evolution to use for this account. This is used only for display within Evolution. Some good examples are “Work E-mail” or “IMAP Server.”</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dm">
+ <title>Full Name: </title>
+ <para>Your full name.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dn">
+ <title>E-Mail Address:</title>
+ <para> Your e-mail address.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74do">
+ <title>Make This My Default Account:</title>
+ <para> Select this as the primary account. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dp">
+ <title> Reply-To:</title>
+ <para> (Optional) If you want to have replies sent to another e-mail address, specify it in this space .</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dq">
+ <title>Organization:</title>
+ <para> (Optional) The company where you work, or the organization you represent when you send e-mail.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="second-step">
+ <title>Receiving Mail</title>
+ <informalfigure id="bsj8qah">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/evo_receive_setup_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para>The Receiving E-mail option lets you determine where you get your e-mail. You need to specify the type of server you want to receive mail with. If you are unsure about the type of server to choose, ask your system administrator or ISP. The following is a list of server types:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dr">
+ <title>GroupWise:</title>
+ <para> Select this option if you connect to GroupWise®. GroupWise keeps e-mail, calendar, and contact information on the server.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74ds">
+ <title>Microsoft Exchange:</title>
+ <para> Available only if you have installed the Connector for Microsoft&z-3rdParty; Exchange. It allows you to connect to a Microsoft Exchange 2000 or 2003 server, which stores e-mail, calendar, and contact information on the server.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dt">
+ <title>IMAP:</title>
+ <para> Keeps the e-mail on your server so you can access your e-mail from multiple systems.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74du">
+ <title>POP:</title>
+ <para> Downloads your e-mail to your hard disk for permanent storage, freeing up space on the e-mail server.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dv">
+ <title>Local Delivery:</title>
+ <para> Choose this option if you want to move e-mail from the spool (the location where mail waits for delivery) and store it in your home directory. You need to provide the path to the mail spool you want to use. If you would rather leave e-mail in your system's spool files, choose the Standard Unix Mbox Spool option instead. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dw">
+ <title>MH Format Mail Directories:</title>
+ <para> If you download your e-mail using mh or another MH-style program, you should use this option. You need to provide the path to the mail directory you want to use.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dx">
+ <title>Maildir Format Mail Directories:</title>
+ <para> If you download your e-mail using Qmail or another maildir-style program, you should use this option. You need to provide the path to the mail directory you want to use.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dy">
+ <title>Standard Unix Mbox Spool or Directory:</title>
+ <para> If you want to read and store e-mail in the mail spool on your local system, choose this option. You need to provide the path to the mail spool you want to use.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj74dz">
+ <title>None:</title>
+ <para> Select this if you do not plan to check e-mail with this account.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>If you selected POP, IMAP, GroupWise, or Microsoft Exchange as your e-mail server, you’ll need to specify additional information:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The hostname of your e-mail server. Ask your system administrator if you're not sure.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The username for the account on that system. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Whether you want to use a secure (SSL) connection. If your server supports it, you should enable this security option. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The authentication options supported by your server. If you're not sure, ask your system administrator. You can also click Check for Supported Types; when you have done so, the menu limits itself to options your server supports. Some servers do not announce the authentication mechanisms they support, so clicking this button is not a guarantee that available mechanisms actually work. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Choose whether you want Evolution to remember your password. If you have selected this item, you can force Evolution to ask for a password again by clicking Actions > Forget Passwords, or by returning to this section of the accounts tool, which you can find by clickiing Tools > Settings. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If you are connecting to GroupWise, you need your SOAP port number for accessing your Address Book and Calendar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <tip>
+ <para>Connecting to an Exchange Server</para>
+ <para>If you have installed the Connector for Microsoft Exchange, you can access Microsoft Exchange 2000 servers natively. If you do not have the Connector, or if you use an older version of Microsoft Exchange, talk to your system administrator about access to standard protocol services like POP and IMAP.</para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="more-mail-options">
+ <title>Receiving Mail Options</title>
+ <para>After you have selected a mail delivery mechanism, you can set some preferences for its behavior:</para>
+
+ <section id="bspcfg3">
+ <title>POP Mail Preferences:</title>
+ <formalpara id="bsj61c5">
+ <title>Checking for New Mail:</title>
+ <para> If you want Evolution to check for new e-mail automatically, select the box and specify a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj61c6">
+ <title>Message Storage:</title>
+ <para> If you want to store copies of your e-mail on the server, select this option.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bspcfn3">
+ <title>Microsoft Exchange Preferences:</title>
+ <formalpara id="bsj61c7">
+ <title>Checking for New Mail:</title>
+ <para> If you want Evolution to check for new e-mail automatically, select the box and specify a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj61c8">
+ <title>Global Address List/Active Directory:</title>
+ <para> Specify the name of your global catalog server. You can also choose to limit the server's responses and select a maximum number of results for an address search. Limiting the number of results limits the load on your system and on your network.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj61c9">
+ <title>Mailbox Name:</title>
+ <para> If your Active Directory&z-3rdParty; user name is different from your Exchange mailbox name, specify the mailbox name here.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj61ca">
+ <title>Outlook Web Access (OWA) Path:</title>
+ <para> In most cases, the URL for Web access is <varname>http://server.company.com/exchange</varname>, but some systems use a different path. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj61cb">
+ <title>Public Folder Server:</title>
+ <para> Specify the name of your organization's public folder server, if any.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj61cc">
+ <title>Apply Filters to New Messages in Inbox on This Server:</title>
+ <para> Select this option to use filters when you visit the Inbox for this account.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bspcfys">
+ <title>IMAP Preferences</title>
+ <formalpara id="bsj5y9b">
+ <title>Automatically Check for New Mail Every … Minutes:</title>
+ <para> If you want Evolution to check for new e-mail automatically, select the option and specify a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj5y9c">
+ <title>Check for New Messages in All Folders:</title>
+ <para> If you want Evolution to check for new messages in all your IMAP folders, select the option. This option is normally selected in combination with server-side filtering tools like procmail. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj5y9d">
+ <title>Use Custom Command to Connect to Server:</title>
+ <para> Some IMAP servers require a specific custom connection sequence. Custom commands are rare; if your server requires one, your system administrator should be able to tell you.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj5y9e">
+ <title>Show Only Subscribed Folders:</title>
+ <para> Select this option if you have more folders in your IMAP view than you want to read. For more information about IMAP mail and folder subscriptions, see <link linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions">IMAP Subscriptions Manager</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj5y9f">
+ <title>Override Server-Supplied Namespace: </title>
+ <para>If you specify a specific directory where your server stores e-mail for you. The most common values are “mail” and “Mail.”</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj5y9g">
+ <title>Apply Filters to New Messages in Inbox on This Server:</title>
+ <para> If you want your filters to work on this account as well as on locally downloaded e-mail, select this option.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj5y9h">
+ <title>Check New Messages for Junk Contents:</title>
+ <para> Select this option if you want your IMAP e-mail filtered for junk mail.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj5y9i">
+ <title>Only Check for Junk Messages in the Inbox Folder:</title>
+ <para> If you have new messages arriving in multiple folders, as you would with server-side filters, Evolution can also filter them for junk mail. This can take extra time, so if you know that those messages are not likely to be junk mail, select this option.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj5y9j">
+ <title>Automatically Synchronizing Remote Mail Locally: </title>
+ <para>Select this option to have Evolution cache mail locally for offline use.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <note>
+ <para>For IMAP mail servers, your system administrator might provide you with a specific namespace, which is the directory where your server stores mail for you. If you check your IMAP mail and your folder list includes files that don’t look like mail folders, you probably need to change your mail namespace. Typical values are "mail" and "Mail.” If you prefer, you can choose to subscribe to individual mail folders one at a time. For more information about how to use IMAP mail, see <link linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions">IMAP Subscriptions Manager</link>.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bspcge6">
+ <title>GroupWise Preferences:</title>
+ <informalfigure id="bsj8qhd">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/evo_receive_setup2_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zaj">
+ <title>Automatically Check for New Mail Every … Minutes:</title>
+ <para> If you want Evolution to check for new mail automatically, select the option and specify a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zak">
+ <title>Check for New Messages in All Folders:</title>
+ <para> If you want Evolution to check for new messages in all your GroupWise folders, select this option. This option is normally selected by default.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zal">
+ <title>Apply Filters to New Messages in INBOX on This Server:</title>
+ <para> If you want your filters to work on this account as well as on locally downloaded mail, select this option.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zam">
+ <title>Automatically Synchronize Remote Mail Locally:</title>
+ <para> Select this option to have Evolution cache mail locally for offline use.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj8r2s">
+ <title>Post Ofice Agent: </title>
+ <para>The address of the POA server.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zan">
+ <title>Post Office Agent SOAP Port:</title>
+ <para> Type the port number for your SOAP server. If you do not know the port number, contact your system administrator. The default SOAP port is 7181.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="third-step">
+ <title>Sending Mail</title>
+ <para>Now that you have entered information about how you plan to get mail, Evolution needs to know about how you want to send it. The following is a list of types of servers you can use to send mail:</para>
+ <informalfigure id="bsj8ujq">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/evo_send_setup_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zao">
+ <title>SMTP:</title>
+ <para> Sends mail using an outbound mail server. This is the most common choice for sending mail.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zap">
+ <title>Sendmail:</title>
+ <para> Uses the Sendmail program to send mail from your system. Sendmail is more flexible, but is not as easy to configure, so you should select this option only if you know how to set up a Sendmail service.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>If you choose SMTP, there are a few additional items to enter:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zaq">
+ <title>Host:</title>
+ <para> Specify your mail sending server's name or IP address.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zar">
+ <title>Server Requires Authentication:</title>
+ <para> If your server requires you to enter a password to send mail, select this option.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zas">
+ <title>Authentication Type:</title>
+ <para> Unless you've been told otherwise, should leave this set to Password. If you're not sure, ask your system administrator, ISP, or have Evolution check for you by selecting Check for Supported Types.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zat">
+ <title>Username:</title>
+ <para> The account name you use when you log in to check your e-mail. Normally, this is the part of your e-mail address before the @ character. For Exchange servers, it is the username you use to log in to a Windows workstation at your company.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zau">
+ <title>Remember Password:</title>
+ <para> If you prefer to not enter your password every time you check e-mail, select this option.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>If you choose Sendmail or GroupWise, there is one additional item to enter:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsj6zav">
+ <title>User Secure Connection (SSL):</title>
+ <para> You can connect to your server securely. Select one of the following: Always, Whenever Possible, or Never.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="step-three-b">
+ <title>Timezone</title>
+ <para>In this step, you need to select your time zone either on the map or select from the time zone drop-down list.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="bsj8v15">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/evo_timezone_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="fourth-step">
+ <title>Importing Mail (Optional)</title>
+ <para>If Evolution finds e-mail or address files from another application, it offers to import them. For a full description of the import feature, see <link linkend="importing-mail">Importing Single Files</link>.</para>
+ <para>Microsoft Outlook, and versions of Outlook Express after version 4, use proprietary formats that Evolution cannot read or import. To import information, you may wish to use the Export tool under Windows. See the instructions in <link linkend="outlook-migration-mail">Migrating Local Outlook Mail Folders</link>.</para>
+ <para>Before importing e-mail from Netscape, make sure you have selected File > Compact All Folders. If you don’t, Evolution will import and undelete the messages in your Trash folders.</para>
+ <tip>
+ <para>Exporting Files From Evolution</para>
+ <para>Evolution uses standard file types for e-mail and calendar information, so you can copy those files from your <command>~/.evolution</command> directory. The file formats used are <command>mbox</command> for e-mail and <command>iCal</command> for calendar information.</para>
+ <para>Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as a standard <command>VCard</command>. To export contact data, open your contacts tool and select the contacts you wish to export (press Ctrl+A to select them all). Click File > Save as VCard. </para>
+ </tip>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bsekq8r">
+ <title>Command Line Options</title>
+ <para>Evolution has a number of command line options that you can use. You can find the full list by typing the command <command>man evolution</command> or <command>evolution --help</command>. The most important command line options are: </para>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec colwidth="2.844in" colname="1" colnum="1"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="2.844in" colname="2" colnum="2"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row id="bsl8i01">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para>Command</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Discription</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row id="bsl8i02">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para><command>evolution --offline</command></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Starts Evolution in offline mode.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="bsl8i03">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para>evolution mailto:<varname>joe somewhere net</varname></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Starts Evolution and begins composing a message to the e-mail address listed.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="bsl8i04">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para><command>evolution -c mail</command></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Starts Evolution in mail mode.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="bsl8i05">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para><command>evolution -c calendar</command></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Starts Evolution in calendar mode.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="bsl8i06">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para><command>evolution -c contacts</command></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Starts Evolution in contacts mode.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="bsl8i07">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para><command>evolution --force-shutdown</command></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Forces every part of Evolution to shutdown immediately. </para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="bsl8i08">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para><command>evolution”%s”</command></para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Makes Evolution your default e-mail handler for your Web browser and in the GNOME Control Center.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="ui-intro">
+ <title>About the Evolution Main Window </title>
+ <para>Now that the first-run configuration has finished, you're ready to begin using Evolution. Here's a quick explanation of what's happening in your main Evolution window.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="bsaelj0">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/evo_mail_callout_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para> <emphasis>Menu Bar</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The menu bar gives you access to nearly all of Evolution features. For additional information, see <link linkend="usage-mainwindow-menubar">The Menu Bar</link>.</para>
+ <para><emphasis>Toolbar</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The toolbar gives you fast and easy access to the frequently used features in each component.</para>
+ <para><emphasis>Shortcut Bar</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The shortcut bar lets you switch between folders and between Evolution tools. At the bottom of the shortcut bar there are buttons that let you switch tools, and above that is a list of all the available folders for the current tool. If you have the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange installed, you have an Exchange button in addition to buttons for the other tools. For additional information, see <link linkend="usage-mainwindow-shortcutbar">The Shortcut Bar</link>.</para>
+ <para><emphasis>Status Bar</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The status bar periodically displays a message, or tells you the progress of a task. This most often happens when you're checking or sending e-mail. These progress queues are shown here, in the status bar. The Online/Offline indicator is here, too, in the lower left of the window.</para>
+ <para><emphasis>Search Tool</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The search tool lets you search through your e-mail to easily find what you’re looking for.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-mainwindow-shortcutbar">
+ <title>The Shortcut Bar</title>
+ <para>Evolution's most important job is to give you access to your information and help you use it quickly. One way it does that is through the shortcut bar, the column on the left side of the main window. The buttons, such as Mail and Contacts, are the shortcuts. Above them is a list of folders for the current Evolution tool.</para>
+ <para>The folder list organizes your e-mail, calendars, contact lists, and task lists in a tree, similar to a <link linkend="filetree">file tree</link>. Most people will find one to four folders at the base of the tree, depending on the tool and their system configuration. Each Evolution tool has at least one, called On This Computer, for local information. For example, the folder list for the e-mail tool shows any remote e-mail storage you have set up, plus local folders and vFolders, or virtual folders, discussed in <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">Using vFolders</link>. </para>
+ <para>If you get large amounts of e-mail, you might want more folders than just your Inbox; you can also create multiple calendar, task, or contacts folders. </para>
+ <para>To create a new folder:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bs7fael">
+ <para>Right-click on the list of folders, then click New Folder.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bs7faof">
+ <para>Type the name of the folder in the Folder Name field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bs7faud">
+ <para>Select the location of the new folder.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+
+ <section id="subfolders">
+ <title>Arranging Folders and Subfolders</title>
+ <para>Right-click a folder or subfolder to display a menu with the following options:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bs7fblp">
+ <title>Copy: </title>
+ <para>Copies the folder to a different location. When you select this item, Evolution offers a choice of locations to copy the folder to.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7fc7y">
+ <title>Move: </title>
+ <para>Moves the folder to another location. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7fcl4">
+ <title>Delete: </title>
+ <para>Deletes the folder and all its contents. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7fcsr">
+ <title>New Folder: </title>
+ <para>Creates another folder in the same location. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7fd3u">
+ <title>Rename: </title>
+ <para>Changes the name of the folder. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7fdb9">
+ <title>Deletes: </title>
+ <para>Deletes the folder.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7fdja">
+ <title>Properties: </title>
+ <para>Checks the number of total and unread messages in a folder, and, for remote folders, lets you select whether to copy the folder to your local system for offline operation.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>You can also rearrange folders and messages by dragging and dropping them.</para>
+ <para>Any time new e-mail arrives in a e-mail folder, that folder label is displayed in bold text, along with the number of new messages in that folder.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mainwindow-menubar">
+ <title>The Menu Bar</title>
+ <para>The menu bar's contents always provide all the possible actions for any given view of your data. If you’re looking at your Inbox, most of the menu items relate to e-mail; some will relate to other components of Evolution and some, especially those in the File menu, relate to the application as a whole. </para>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g1fu">
+ <title>File: </title>
+ <para>Anything related to a file or to the operations of the application usually falls under this menu, such as creating things, saving them to disk, printing them, and quitting the program itself. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g25f">
+ <title>Edit: </title>
+ <para>Holds useful tools that help you edit text and move it around.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g2ew">
+ <title>View: </title>
+ <para>Lets you decide how Evolution should look. Some of the features control the appearance of Evolution as a whole, and others the way a particular kind of information appears.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g2jk">
+ <title>Actions: </title>
+ <para>Holds actions that can be applied to a message. If there is only one target for the action, such as replying to a message, you can normally find it in the Actions menu.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g2vh">
+ <title>Tools: </title>
+ <para>Lets you access the settings and configuration options in the Tools menu. You can also find things like filter settings and the Virtual Folder editor.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g3bu">
+ <title>Search: </title>
+ <para>Lets you search for messages, or for phrases within a message. You can also see previous searches you have made. In addition to the Search menu, there is a text entry box in the toolbar that you can use to search for messages.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bs7g3gq">
+ <title>Help: </title>
+ <para>Opens the Evolution Help files.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="basics-mail">
+ <title>Introducing E-Mail</title>
+ <para>Evolution e-mail is like other e-mail programs in several ways:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>It can sort and organize your e-maile-mail in a wide variety of ways with folders, searches, and filters. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>It can send and receive e-mail in HTML or as plain text, and makes it easy to send and receive multiple file attachments. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>It supports multiple e-mail sources, including <link linkend="imap">IMAP</link>, <link linkend="pop">POP3</link>, and local mbox or mh spools and files created by other e-mail programs.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>It lets you guard your privacy with encryption.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>However, Evolution has some important differences from other e-mail programs. First, it’s built to handle very large amounts of e-mail. The <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-spam">junk e-mail</link>, message <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">filtering</link> and <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-search">searching</link> functions were built for speed and efficiency on large volumes of e-mail. There's also the <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">vFolder</link>, an advanced organizational feature not found in some e-mail clients. If you get a lot of e-mail, or if you keep every message you get in case you need to refer to it later, you'll find this feature especially useful. Here's a quick explanation of what's happening in your main Evolution e-mail window. </para>
+ <informalfigure id="usage-mail-intro-fig">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/mail_mainwindow_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para><emphasis>E-Mail List</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The message list displays all the e-mails that you have. This includes all your read and unread messages, and e-mail that is flagged to be deleted.</para>
+ <para><emphasis>E-Mail Preview</emphasis></para>
+ <para>This is where your e-mail is displayed.</para>
+ <para>If you find the view pane too small, you can resize the pane, enlarge the whole window, or double-click the message in the message list to have it open in a new window. To change the size of a pane, drag on the divider between the two panes. </para>
+ <para>As with folders, you can right-click messages in the message list and get a menu of possible actions, including moving or deleting them, creating filters or vFolders based on them, and marking them as junk mail.</para>
+ <para>Most of the e-mail-related actions you want to perform are listed in the Actions menu in the menu bar. The most frequently used ones, like Reply and Forward, also appear as buttons in the toolbar. Most of them are also located in the right-click menu and as keyboard shortcuts.</para>
+ <para>For an in-depth guide to the e-mail capabilities of Evolution, read <link linkend="usage-mail">Getting and Sending E-Mail</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="basics-calendar">
+ <title>Introducing the Calendar</title>
+ <para>To begin using the calendar, click Calendar in the shortcut bar. By default, the calendar shows today's schedule on a ruled background. At the upper right, there's a monthly calendar you can use to switch days. Below that, there’s a Task pad, where you can keep a list of tasks separate from your calendar appointments.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="usage-calendar-fig">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="GIF" fileref="figures/evo_cal_callout_a.gif"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para><emphasis>Appointment List</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments.</para>
+ <para><emphasis>Task List</emphasis></para>
+ <para>Tasks are distinct from appointments because they generally don’t have times associated with them. You can see a larger view of your task list by clicking Tasks in the shortcut bar.</para>
+ <para><emphasis>Month Pane</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The month pane is a small view of a calendar month. To display additional months, drag the column border to the left. You can also select a range of days in the month pane to display a custom range of days in the appointment list.</para>
+ <para>For more information about the calendar, see <link linkend="usage-calendar">Evolution Calendar</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="basics-contacts">
+ <title>Using the Contacts Tool</title>
+ <para>The Evolution contacts tool can handle all of the functions of an address book or phone book. However, it’s easier to update Evolution than it is to change an actual paper book, in part because Evolution can synchronize with Palm OS devices and use <link linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> directories on a network.</para>
+ <para>Another advantage of the Evolution contacts tool is its integration with the rest of the application. For example, you can right-click on an e-mail address in Evolution mail to create a contact entry instantly.</para>
+ <para>To use the contacts tool, click Contacts in the shortcut bar. By default, the display shows all your contacts in alphabetical order, in a <link linkend="minicard">minicard</link> view. You can select other views from the View menu, and adjust the width of the columns by clicking and dragging the gray column dividers.</para>
+ <para>The contacts tool looks like this:</para>
+ <informalfigure id="usage-contact-fig">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/contacts_mainwindow_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para><emphasis>Contact List</emphasis></para>
+ <para>The largest section of the contacts display shows a list of individual contacts. You can also search the contacts in the same way that you search e-mail folders, using the search tool on the right side of the toolbar.</para>
+ <para>For detailed instructions on how to use the address book, read <link linkend="usage-contact">Evolution Contacts: the Address Book</link></para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-mail">
+ <title>Getting and Sending E-Mail</title>
+ <para>This section, and <link linkend="usage-mail-organize">Organizing Your E-Mail</link>, provides you with an in-depth guide to the capabilities of Evolution™ as a mail client. For information about how to customize your mail account, see <link linkend="config-prefs-mail">Mail Preferences</link>.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-read">Reading Mail</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-get">Checking for New Mail</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send">Composing New E-Mail Messages</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="rsvp-stuff">Sending Invitations by Mail</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions">IMAP Subscriptions Manager</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="encryption">Encryption</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-read">
+ <title>Reading Mail</title>
+ <para>If you are not already viewing mail, switch to the mail tool by clicking Mail in the shortcut bar. To read a message, select it in the message list; if you'd like to see it in its own window, either double-click it, press Enter, or press Ctrl+O.</para>
+ <tip>
+ <para>To read mail with the keyboard, you can click the Spacebar to page down while you’re reading an e-mail, and press Backspace to page up in an e-mail. </para>
+ <para>Navigate the message list by using the arrow keys on the keyboard. To go to the next and previous unread messages, press the period (.) or comma (,) keys. On most keyboards, these keys are also marked with the > and < symbols, which is a convenient way to remember that they move you forward and backward in your message list. You can also use the close bracket (]) for the next unread message, and the open bracket ([) for the previous unread message.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-listorder">
+ <title>Sorting the Message List</title>
+ <para>Evolution helps you work by letting you sort your e-mail. To sort by sender, subject, or date, click on the bars with those labels at the top of the message list. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates the direction of the sort. Click again, to sort them in reverse order. For example, click Date to sort messages by date from oldest to newest. Click again, and Evolution sorts the list from newest to oldest. You can also right-click the message header bars to get a set of sorting options, and to add or remove columns from the message list. You can find detailed instructions on how to customize your message display columns in <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-columns">Sorting Mail with Column Headers</link>.</para>
+ <para>To look at the complete headers for a message, click View > Message Display > Show Full Headers. To see all message data, click View > Message Display > Show E-Mail Source. </para>
+ <para>You can also choose a threaded message view. Click View > Threaded Message List to turn the threaded view on or off. When you select this option, Evolution groups the replies to a message with the original, so you can follow the thread of a conversation from one message to the next.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="bs4aw7h">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/mail-threaded.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-delete">
+ <title>Deleting Mail</title>
+ <para>After you read your mail, you might want to delete it. To delete a message, select it and press the Delete key, click the Trash button, or right-click the message, then click Delete. </para>
+ <para>When you press Delete or click the Trash button, your mail isn’t actually deleted, but is marked for deletion. Your e-mail is recoverable until you have expunged your mail. When you expunge a folder, you remove all the mail that you have marked for deletion. To show deleted messages, click View > Hide Deleted Messages. You can also find deleted messages in the your Trash folder. </para>
+ <para>To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a folder, click Actions > Expunge or press Ctrl+E. To expunge all folders at once, click Actions > Empty Trash.</para>
+ <para>The trash is actually a vFolder.Both local and IMAP Trash folders are actually vFolders that display all messages you have marked for later deletion. For more information about vFolders, see <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">Using vFolders</link>. Because emptying your trash expunges the messages in your Trash folder, emptying Trash is the same as expunging deleted mail from all your folders.</para>
+ <para>This is not, however, true for the Trash folder on Exchange servers, which behaves just the same as it does in Outlook, it is a normal folder with actual messages in it.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-undelete">
+ <title>Undeleting Messages</title>
+ <para>You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged. To undelete a message, select the message, then Ctrl+U, or click Edit > Undelete.</para>
+ <para>If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting it unmarks it, and the message is removed from the Trash folder. You cannot undelete messages that have been expunged. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-get">
+ <title>Checking for New Mail</title>
+ <para>To check your mail, click Send/Receive in the toolbar. If you haven't created any mail accounts yet, the setup assistant asks you for the information it needs to check your e-mail. For information on creating mail accounts, see <link linkend="usage-mainwindow-starting">Starting Evolution for the First Time</link>.</para>
+ <para>If this is your first time checking mail, or you haven't asked Evolution to store your password, you are prompted for the password. Enter your password download your e-mail.</para>
+ <para>If you get an error message instead of mail, you probably need to check your network settings. To learn how to do that, see <link linkend="config-prefs-mail">Mail Preferences</link>, or ask your system administrator. </para>
+
+ <section id="bsempjs">
+ <title>Sharing Mailboxes with Other Mail Programs</title>
+ <para>If you want to use Evolution and another e-mail client, such as Mutt, at the same time, use the following procedure:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsen3rq">
+ <para>Download your mail in the other application as you would normally.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsen3u8">
+ <para>In Evolution, click Tools > Settings then click Mail Accounts. Select the account you want to use to share mail and click Edit. You might want to create a new account just for this source of mail by clicking New.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsen3wh">
+ <para>Under the Receiving Mail tab, select the type of mail file that your other mail application uses, then specify the full path to that location. A typical choice would be mbox files, with the path /home/<varname>username</varname>/Mail/.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsen3yh">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-news">
+ <title>Using Evolution for News</title>
+ <para>USENET newsgroups are similar to mail, so it's often convenient to read news and mail side by side. You can add a news source, called an NNTP server, the same way you would a new e-mail account, selecting USENET News as the source type. The news server appear as a remote mail server, and each news group works like an IMAP folder. When you click Send/Receive, Evolution also checks for news messages.</para>
+ <para>To subscribe to a news group, click Tools > Subscribe To Folders, select your NNTP account, then select the groups you want to subscribe to.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach">
+ <title>Working with Attachments and HTML Mail</title>
+ <para>If someone sends you an <link linkend="attachment">attachment</link>, Evolution displays the file icon at the end of the message to which it's attached. Text, including HTML formatting and embedded images, appears as part of the message, rather as a separate attachment.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-actions">
+ <title>Saving or Opening Attachments</title>
+ <para>If you get an attachment with an e-mail message, Evolution can help you save it or open it with the appropriate applications.</para>
+ <para>To save an attachment to disk:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsen45z">
+ <para>Click the down-arrow on the attachment icon, then click Save As.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsen4bg">
+ <para>Select a location and name for the file.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsen4do">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>To open an attachment using another application: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsen4ia">
+ <para>Click the down-arrow on the attachment icon.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsen4kb">
+ <para>Select the program to open the attachment.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>The options available for an attachment vary depending on the type of attachment and the applications your system has installed. For example, attached word processor files can be opened in OpenOffice.org or another word processor, while compressed archive files can be opened in the File Roller application.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-html">
+ <title>Inline Images in HTML Mail</title>
+ <para>When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your Inbox), Evolution displays the image inside the message. You can create messages like this by using the Insert Image tool in the message composer. Alternately, just drag an image into the message composition area.</para>
+ <para>Some images are links in a message, rather than being part of the message. Evolution can download those images from the Internet, but does not do so unless you request it specifically. This is because remotely hosted images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used by spammers to track who reads the e-mail. Not loading images automatically helps protect your privacy.</para>
+ <para>To load the images for one message:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsen9jh">
+ <para>Click View > Message Display > Load Images.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>To set the default action for loading images:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsenabn">
+ <para>Click Tools > Settings, then click Mail Preference.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsenajw">
+ <para>Click the HTML Mail tab.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsenaou">
+ <para>Select one of the items: Never Load Images Off the Net, Load Images in Mail From Contacts, or Always Load Images Off the Net.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsenb3x">
+ <para>Click Close.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>If you use an HTTP proxy (as in many large organizations), Evolution must be able to find it through the gnome-vfs subsystem before it can load images from the Internet.</para>
+ <para> To set your proxy in KDE:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsenco2">
+ <para>Click the menu icon > System > Configuration > Yast.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsendck">
+ <para>Click Network Services, then click Proxy.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsendfs">
+ <para>Specify your proxy settings (if you don't know your proxy settings, contact your ISP or system administrator).</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsfkfjy">
+ <para>Click Finish, then click Close.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>To set your proxy in GNOME:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsfkg0z">
+ <para>Click System > Administrative Settings (enter your root password if needed).</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsfkyen">
+ <para>Click Network Services, then click Proxy.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsfkhdi">
+ <para>Specify your proxy settings (if you don't know your proxy settings, contact your ISP or system administrator).</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsfkhio">
+ <para>Click Finish, then click Close.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send">
+ <title>Composing New E-Mail Messages</title>
+ <para>You can start writing a new e-mail message by clicking File > New > Mail Message, or, while you are in the Mail tool, pressing Ctrl+N, or by clicking New in the toolbar.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="usage-mail-newmsg-fig">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/evo_newmess_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para>Enter an address in the To field. If you want, enter a subject in the Subject field, and a message in the box at the bottom of the window. After you have written your message, click Send.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-charsets">
+ <title>Unicode, ASCII, and Non-Latin Alphabets</title>
+ <para>If you want to write in a non-Latin alphabet while using a Latin keyboard, try selecting a different input method in the message composer. Right-click in the message composition area and select from the Input Methods menu, then begin typing. The actual keys vary by language and input style. For example, the Cyrillic input method uses transliterated Latin keyboard combinations to get the Cyrillic alphabet, combining letters where necessary. “Zh” and “ya” produce the appropriate single Cyrillic letters, and the single-quote (‘) produces a soft-sign character.</para>
+ <para>For greater language display capabilities, click Tools > Settings, then select the character set choices in the Mail Preferences and Composer Preferences sections. If you aren't sure which one to use, select UTF-8, which offers the greatest range of character displays for the greatest range of languages.</para>
+
+ <section id="bsfnqkj">
+ <title>Using Character Sets</title>
+ <para>A character set is a computer's version of an alphabet. In the past, the ASCII character set was used almost universally. However, it contains only 128 characters, meaning it is unable to display characters in Cyrillic, Kanjii, or other non-Latin alphabets. To work around language display problems, programmers developed a variety of methods, so many human languages now have their own specific character sets, and items written in other character sets display incorrectly. Eventually, standards organizations developed the Unicode character set UTF-8 to provide a single compatible set of codes for everyone.</para>
+ <para>Most e-mail messages state in advance which character set they use, so Evolution usually knows what to display for a given binary number. However, if you find that messages are displayed as rows of incomprehensible characters, try selecting a different character set in the mail settings screen. If your recipients can't read your messages, try selecting a different character set in the composer options dialog. For some languages, such as Turkish or Korean, it might work best for you to select the language-specific character set. However, the best choice for most users is UTF-8, which offers the widest range of characters for the widest range of languages.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-delay">
+ <title>Sending Composed Messages Later</title>
+ <para>Evolution normally sends mail as soon as you click Send. However, can save a message to be sent later:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If you are offline when you click Send, Evolution adds your message to the Outbox queue. The next time you connect to the Internet and send or receive mail, that message is sent.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Click File > Save Draft to store your messages in the drafts folder for later revision. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>If you prefer to save your message as a text file, click File > Save As, then specify a filename. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-offline">
+ <title>Working Offline</title>
+ <para>Offline mode is a tool designed for use with remote mail storage systems like GroupWise®, IMAP or Exchange, in situations where you are not connected to the network at all times. The tool keeps a local copy of one or more folders to allow you to compose messages, storing them in your Outbox to be sent the next time you connect.</para>
+ <para>POP mail downloads all messages to your local system, but other connections usually download just the headers, and fetch the rest only when you want to read the message. Before you go offline, Evolution downloads the unread messages from the folders you have chosen to store.</para>
+ <para>To mark a folder for offline use, right-click the folder, then click Properties. Click Copy Folder Content Locally for Offline Operation.</para>
+ <para>Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower left border of the Evolution main window. When you are online, it displays two connected cables. When you go offline, the cables separate. </para>
+ <para>To cache your selected folders and disconnect from the network, click File > Work Offline, or click the connection status icon in the lower left of the screen. When you want to reconnect, click File > Work Online, or click the connection status icon again.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-compose">
+ <title>Attachments</title>
+ <para>To attach a file to your e-mail:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsfnwxr">
+ <para>Click the Attach icon in the composer toolbar.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsfnx41">
+ <para>Select the file you want to attach.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsfnx93">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>You can drag a file into the address area or to the attachment portion of the composer window. If you are attaching an image and want to send it inline rather than attached, drag the image into the text composition area of the composer window. Non-image files cannot be dragged into the text composition area.</para>
+ <para>The attachment display area is at the bottom of the composer window; you can expand or shrink it by clicking the small triangle in its upper right corner.</para>
+ <para>When you send the message, a copy of the attached file goes with it. Be aware that big attachments can take a long time to send and receive.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types">
+ <title>Specifying Extra Recipients for E-Mail</title>
+ <para>Evolution, like most e-mail programs, recognizes three types of addressee: primary recipients, secondary recipients, and hidden (blind) recipients. The simplest way to direct a message is to put the e-mail address or addresses in the To: field, which denotes primary recipients. Use the Cc: field to send a message to secondary recipients.</para>
+ <para>Addresses on the Bcc: list are hidden from the other recipients of the message. You can use it to send mail to large groups of people, especially if they don’t know each other or if privacy is a concern. If your Bcc: field is absent, click View Bcc Field. </para>
+ <para>If you frequently write e-mail to the same groups of people, you can create address lists in the contacts tool, and then send them mail as though they have a single address. To learn how to do that, see <link linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-list">Creating a List of Contacts</link>.</para>
+ <para>Evolution has the ability to let you specify the Reply-To in an e-mail. Using this, you can setup a special Reply-To for an e-mail. To do this:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsfnz55">
+ <para>Open a compose window.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsfnz7w">
+ <para>Open the Reply-To field by clicking View > Reply To.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsfnziz">
+ <para>Specify the address you want as the Reply-To address in the new Reply-To field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsfnzsp">
+ <para>Complete the rest of your message. </para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsfo0mh">
+ <para>Click Send.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to">
+ <title>Choosing Recipients Quickly</title>
+ <para>If you have created address cards in the contacts tool, you can also type nicknames or other portions of address data, and Evolution displays a drop-down list of possible address completions from your contacts. If you type a name or nickname that can go with more than one card, Evolution opens a dialog box to ask you which person you meant.</para>
+ <para>If Evolution does not complete addresses automatically, click Tools > Settings then click Autocompletion. There, select the groups of contacts you want to use for address autocompletion in the mailer. </para>
+ <para>Alternately, you can click the To:, Cc:, or Bcc: buttons to get a list of the e-mail addresses in your contacts. Select addresses and click the arrows to move them into the appropriate address columns.</para>
+ <para>For more information about using e-mail with the contact manager and the calendar, see <link linkend="contact-automation-basic">Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</link> and <link linkend="usage-calendar-apts">Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply">
+ <title>Replying to E-Mail Messages</title>
+ <para>To reply to a message, click the message to reply to in the e-mail list and click Reply, or right-click within the message and select Reply to Sender. This opens the message composer. The To: and Subject: fields are already filled, although you can alter them if you prefer. In addition, the full text of the old message is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a blue line on one side (for HTML display) or with the > character before each line (in plain text mode), to indicate that it's part of the previous message.</para>
+ <para>If you're reading a message with several recipients, you can use Reply to All instead of Reply. If there are large numbers of people in the Cc: or To: fields, this can save substantial amounts of time.</para>
+
+ <section id="bsfo4jl">
+ <title>Using the Reply To All Feature</title>
+ <para>Susan sends an e-mail to a client and sends copies to Tim and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers. If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read, he uses Reply to All, but if he just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he uses Reply. His reply does not reach anyone that Susan put on her Bcc list, because that list is not shared with anyone.</para>
+ <para>If you subscribe to a mailing list, and want your reply to go just to the list, rather than to the sender, select Reply to List instead of Reply or Reply to All. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-find">
+ <title>Searching and Replacing with the Composer</title>
+ <para>The message composer makes several text searching features available to you.</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsai5b0">
+ <title>Find: </title>
+ <para>Enter a word or phrase, and Evolution finds it in your message.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsai5pj">
+ <title>Find Regex: </title>
+ <para>You can search for a complex pattern of characters, called a <link linkend="regular-expression">regular expression</link> or “regex” in your composer window. If you’re not sure what a regular expression is, you should ignore this feature.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsai5wk">
+ <title>Find Again: </title>
+ <para>Select this item to repeat the last search you performed. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsai646">
+ <title>Replace: </title>
+ <para>Find a word or phrase, and replace it with something else.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>For all of these menu items, you can choose whether to Search Backwards in the document from the point where your cursor is. You can also determine whether the search is to be case sensitive in determining a match.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html">
+ <title>Enhancing Your E-Mail with HTML</title>
+ <para>Normally, you can’t set text styles or insert pictures in e-mail. However, most newer e-mail programs can display images and text styles in addition to basic alignment and paragraph formatting. They do this with <link linkend="html">HTML</link>, just like Web pages do.</para>
+ <para>Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is slower to download and display. Because of this, Evolution sends plain text unless you explicitly ask for HTML. </para>
+
+ <section id="bsait28">
+ <title>Basic HTML Formatting</title>
+ <para>You can change the format of an e-mail message from plain text to HTML by choosing Format HTML.</para>
+ <para>To send all your mail as HTML by default, set your mail format preferences in the mail configuration dialog box. See <link linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer">Composer Preferences</link> for more information.</para>
+ <para>HTML formatting tools are located in the toolbar just above the space where you actually compose the message. They also appear in the Insert and Format menus.</para>
+ <para>The icons in the toolbar are explained in <link linkend="tooltip">tool-tips</link>, which appear when you hold your mouse pointer over the buttons. The buttons fall into four categories: </para>
+ <formalpara id="bsai70c">
+ <title>Headers and Lists: </title>
+ <para>At the left edge of the toolbar, you can choose Normal for a default text style or Header 1 through Header 6 for varying sizes of header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles include preformat, to use the HTML tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types of bullet points for lists.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>For instance, instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list, you can use the Bulleted List style from the style drop-down list. Evolution uses different bullet styles, and handles word wrap and multiple levels of indentation.</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsai86c">
+ <title>Text Styles: </title>
+ <para>Use these buttons to determine the way your e-mail looks. If you have text selected, the style applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the style applies to whatever you type next.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <colspec colwidth="2.729in" colname="1" colnum="1"/>
+ <colspec colwidth="2.729in" colname="2" colnum="2"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row id="bslahtr">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para>Button</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Description</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+ <tbody>
+ <row id="bslahts">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para>TT</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Typewriter text, which is approximately the same as the Courier monospace serif font.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="bslaiy5">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para>Bold A</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Bolds the text.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="bslaiw4">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para>Italic A</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Italizes the text.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="bslaium">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para>Underlined A</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Underlines the text.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ <row id="bslahtt">
+ <entry colname="1">
+ <para>Strikethrough A</para>
+ </entry>
+ <entry colname="2">
+ <para>Strikesthrough the text.</para>
+ </entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ <formalpara id="bsaia7u">
+ <title>Alignment: </title>
+ <para>Located next to the text style buttons, these three paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most word processing software. The life most button aligns your text to the left, the center button centers text, and the right button aligns the text to the right. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaiagc">
+ <title>Indentation Rules: </title>
+ <para>The button with the arrow pointing left decreases a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow increases its indentation.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaialx">
+ <title>Color Selection: </title>
+ <para>At the far right is the color section tool, where a box displays the current text color. To choose a new color, click the arrow button to the right. If you have text selected, the color applies to the selected text. If you do not have text selected, the color applies to whatever you type next. You can select a background color or image by right-clicking on the message background, then selecting Style Page Style.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bsait29">
+ <title>Advanced HTML Formatting</title>
+ <para>Under the Insert menu, there are several more items you can use to style your e-mail. To use these and other HTML formatting tools, make sure you have enabled HTML mode by using Format HTML.</para>
+
+ <section id="bsait2a">
+ <title>Inserting a Link</title>
+ <para>Use the Insert a Link tool to put hyperlinks in your HTML messages. If you don't want special link text, you can just enter the address directly, and Evolution recognizes it as a link. </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsaimfe">
+ <para>Select the text you wish to link from.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaimoh">
+ <para>Right-click in the text, then click Link.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaims2">
+ <para>Type the URL in the URL field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaimvh">
+ <para>Click Close.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bsait2b">
+ <title>Inserting an Image</title>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsainv6">
+ <para>Click Image.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaio4q">
+ <para>Browse to and select the image file.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaioah">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bsait2c">
+ <title>Inserting a Rule</title>
+ <para>You can insert a horizontal line into the text to help divide two sections: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsaiotf">
+ <para>Click Rule.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaioxz">
+ <para>Select the length, thickness, and alignment.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaipio">
+ <para>Select Shaded if necessary.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaiplo">
+ <para>Click Close.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bsait2d">
+ <title>Inserting a Table</title>
+ <para>You can insert a table into the text: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsaiq2x">
+ <para>Click Table.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaiq6r">
+ <para>Select the number of rows and columns.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaiqkl">
+ <para>Select the type of layout for the table.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaiqp8">
+ <para>Select a background for the table.</para>
+ <para>To insert a picture for the background, click Browse and select the desired image.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaiqs5">
+ <para>Click Close.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-fwd">
+ <title>Forwarding Mail</title>
+ <para>When you receive an e-mail from someone, you can forward it to other individuals or groups that might be interested. You can forward a message as an attachment to a new message (this is the default) or you can send it <link linkend="inline">in line</link> as a quoted portion of the message you are sending. Attachment forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered message to someone else. Inline forwarding is best if you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a large number of comments on different sections of the message you are forwarding. Remember to note from whom the message came, and whether you have removed or altered content.</para>
+ <para>To forward a message you are reading, click Forward on the toolbar, click Actions > Forward, or press Ctrl+F. If you prefer to forward the message <link linkend="inline">inline</link> instead of attached, click Actions > Forward Inline from the menu. Select an addressee as you would when sending a new message; the subject is already entered, although you can alter it if you want. Add your comments on the message in the composition frame, then click Send.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-getnsend-ettiquette">
+ <title>Seven Tips for E-Mail Courtesy</title>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Don't forward chain letters. If you must, watch out for hoaxes and urban legends, and make sure the message doesn't have multiple layers of greater-than signs, (>) indicating multiple layers of careless in-line forwarding. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Always begin and close with a salutation. Say “please” and “thank you”, just like you do in real life. You can keep your pleasantries short, but be polite. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>WRITING IN CAPITAL LETTERS MEANS YOU'RE SHOUTING! Don't write a whole message in capital letters. It hurts people's ears. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Check your spelling and use complete sentences. By default, Evolution puts a red line beneath words it doesn't recognize, as you type them. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Don't send nasty e-mails (flames). If you get one, don’t write back. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When you reply or forward, include enough of the previous message to provide context.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Don't send spam.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="rsvp-stuff">
+ <title>Sending Invitations by Mail</title>
+ <para>If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then send invitations to the attendee list through the Evolution e-mail tool. The invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.</para>
+ <para>When you receive an invitation, </para>
+ <formalpara id="bsaizt9">
+ <title>Accept: </title>
+ <para>Indicates you will attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaj000">
+ <title>Tentatively Accept: </title>
+ <para>Indicates you will probably attend the meeting. When you click the OK button, the meeting is entered into your calendar, but is marked as tentative.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaj06a">
+ <title>Decline: </title>
+ <para>Indicates you will be unable to attend the meeting. The meeting is not entered into your calendar when you click the OK, although your response will be sent to the meeting host if you have selected the RSVP option.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaj0dc">
+ <title>RSVP: </title>
+ <para>Select this option if you want your response sent to the meeting organizers.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-subscriptions">
+ <title>IMAP Subscriptions Manager</title>
+ <para>Because IMAP folders exist on the server, and opening them or checking them takes time, you need fine-grained control over the way that you use IMAP folders. You use the IMAP subscriptions manager to do this. If you prefer to have every mail folder displayed, you can select that option as well. However, if you want to choose specific items in your mailbox, and exclude others, you can use the subscription management tool to do that.</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsmqyfs">
+ <para>Select Tools > Subscribe to Folders.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsmqyid">
+ <para>If you have accounts on multiple IMAP servers, select the server where you want to manage your subscriptions. Evolution displays a list of available files and folders.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsmqyky">
+ <para>Select a file or folder by clicking it. You should select at least the Inbox folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is configured, the list of available files might include non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsmqz9t">
+ <para>Click Subscribe to add a folder to the subscribed list.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsmqzlz">
+ <para>When you have subscribed to the folders you want, close the window.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="encryption">
+ <title>Encryption</title>
+ <para>Evolution helps you protect your privacy by using GNU Privacy Guard (GPG), an implementation of strong <link linkend="public-key-encryption">Public Key Encryption.</link></para>
+ <para>GPG uses two keys: public and private. You can give your public key to anyone you want to receive encrypted messages, or put it on a public key server so that people can look it up before contacting you. Your private key lets you decrypt any message encrypted with your public key. Never give your private key to anyone. </para>
+ <para>Using encryption takes a bit of forethought. When you send a message that is encrypted, you must encrypt it using your intended recipient's public key. To receive an encrypted message, you must make sure that the sender has your public key in advance. For signing messages, you encrypt the signature with your private key, so only your public key can unlock it. When you send the message, the recipient gets your public key and unlocks the signature, verifying your identity.</para>
+ <para>You can use encryption in two different ways:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>You can encrypt the entire message, so that nobody but the recipient can read it.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>You can attach an encrypted signature to a plain text message, so that the recipient can read the message without decrypting it, and only needs decrypting to verify the sender’s identity.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>For example, suppose that Kevin wants to send an encrypted message to his friend Rachel. He looks up her public key on a general key server, and then tells Evolution to encrypt the message. The message now reads "@#$23ui7yr87# !48970fsd " When the information gets to Rachel, she decrypts it using her private key, and it appears as plain text for her to read.</para>
+ <para>To encrypt a single message:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsg2p0a">
+ <para>Open a Compose a Message window.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2p9i">
+ <para>Click Security > PGP Encrypt.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2prj">
+ <para>Compose your message, then click Send.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>You can set Evolution to always sign your e-mail messages: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsaj12e">
+ <para>Click Tools > Settings, then select Mail Accounts.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaj1aj">
+ <para>Select the mail account to encrypt, then click Edit.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaj1es">
+ <para>Click the Security tab.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaj1yt">
+ <para>Select Always Sign Outgoing Messages When Using This Account.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaj2e0">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaj2et">
+ <para>Click Close.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+
+ <section id="encryption-smime">
+ <title>S/MIME Encryption</title>
+ <para>S/MIME encryption also uses a key-based approach, but it has some significant advantages in convenience and security. S/MIME uses certificates, which are similar to keys. The public portion of each certificate is held by the sender of a message and by one of several certificate authorities, who are paid to guarantee the identity of the sender and the security of the message. Evolution already recognizes a large number of certificate authorities, so when you get a message with an S/MIME certificate, your system automatically receives the public portion of the certificate and decrypts or verifies the message.</para>
+ <para>S/MIME is used most often in corporate settings. In these cases, administrators supply certificates that they have purchased from a certificate authority. In some cases, an organization can act as its own certificate authority, with or without a guarantee from a dedicated authority such as Verisign or Thawte. In either case, the system administrator provides you with a certificate file.</para>
+ <para>If you want to use S/MIME independently, you can extract an identification certificate from your Mozilla or Netscape Web browser. See the Mozilla help for more information on security certificates.</para>
+ <para>The certificate file is a password-protected file on your computer. To use it in Evolution:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsg2rkq">
+ <para>Click Tools > Settings, then click Certificate Tool.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2rra">
+ <para>Click Import.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2rw3">
+ <para>Select the file to import, then click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2s8y">
+ <para>Click Close.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>Similarly, you can add certificates that are sent to you independently of any authority by clicking the Contact Certificates tab and using the same Import tool. You can also add new certificate authorities, which have their own certificate files, in the same way.</para>
+ <para>After you have added your certificate, you can sign or encrypt a message by clicking Security > S/MIME Sign or S/MIMe Encrypt in the message composer. </para>
+ <para>To have every message signed or encrypted:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsg2t55">
+ <para>Click Tools > Options, then select the account to encrypt the messages in.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2tam">
+ <para>Click Edit, then click Security.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2tsx">
+ <para>Click Select next to Signing Certificate and specify the path to your signing certificate.</para>
+ <para>or</para>
+ <para>Click Select next to Encryption Certificate and specify the path to your encryption certificate.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2uuc">
+ <para>Select the appropriate options.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2vi6">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2uvy">
+ <para>Click Close.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="encryption-keygen">
+ <title>Making Encryption Keys</title>
+ <para>Before you can get or send encrypted mail, you need to generate your public and private keys with GPG. This procedure covers version 1.2.4 of GPG. If your version is different, these steps may vary slightly. You can find out your version number by entering <command>gpg --version</command>.</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsg2zuv">
+ <para>Open a terminal and enter <command>gpg --gen-key</command>.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg2zxw">
+ <para>Select an algorithm, then press Enter.</para>
+ <para>or</para>
+ <para>To accept the default algorithm of DSA and ElGamal, press Enter (recommended).</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg3011">
+ <para>Select a key length, then press Enter. To accept the default, 1024 bits, press Enter.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg3034">
+ <para>Enter how long your key should be valid for. </para>
+ <para>or</para>
+ <para>To accept the default of no expiration, press Enter, then press Y when you are prompted to verify the selection.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg305l">
+ <para>Type your real name, then press Enter.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg30bg">
+ <para>Type your e-mail address, then press Enter.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg30ec">
+ <para>(Optional) Type a comment, then press Enter.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg30lp">
+ <para>Review your selected user ID, if it is correct press O.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg317u">
+ <para>Type a passphrase, then press Enter.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg31c5">
+ <para>Move your mouse randomly to generate the keys.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>After the keys are generated, you can view your key information by entering <command>gpg --list-keys</command>. You should see something similar to this: <computeroutput> /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg ---------------------------- pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you <you your-address com> sub 1024g/289sklj3 2001-06-20 [expires: 2002-11-14] </computeroutput></para>
+ <para>GPG creates one list, or keyring, for your public keys and one for your private keys. All the public keys you know are stored in the file ~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg. If you want to give other people your key, send them that file.</para>
+ <para>If you want, you can upload your keys to a key server.</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsg3379">
+ <para>Check your public key ID with gpg--list-keys. It will be the string after 1024D on the line beginning with pub. In the example above, it is 32j38dk2.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg347p">
+ <para>Enter the command <command>gpg --send-keys --keyserverwwwkeys.pgp.net <varname>32j38dk2</varname></command>. Substitute your key ID for <varname>32j38dk2</varname>. You need your password to do this.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>Key servers store your public keys for you so that your friends can decrypt your messages. If you choose not to use a key server, you can manually send your public key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your own Web page. However, it's easier to publish a key once, and then let people download it from a central place when they want.</para>
+ <para>If you don't have a key to unlock or encrypt a message, you can set your encryption tool to look it up automatically. If it can't find the key, an error message appears.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="encrypt-getting-key">
+ <title>Getting and Using Public Keys</title>
+ <para>To send an encrypted message, you need to use the recipient's public key in combination with your private key. Evolution handles the encryption, but you need to get the public key and add it to your keyring.</para>
+ <para>To get public keys from a public key server, enter the command<command> gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net <varname>keyid</varname></command>, substituting <varname>keyid</varname> for your recipient's ID. You need to enter your password, and the ID is automatically added to your keyring..</para>
+ <para>If someone sends you a public key directly, save it as a plain text file and enter the command <command>gpg <varname>filename</varname></command> to add it to your keyring.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="encrypt-evo-integ">
+ <title>Setting up Evolution’s Encryption</title>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsg364h">
+ <para>Click Tools > Settings, then click Mail Accounts.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg368f">
+ <para>Select the account you want to use securely, then click Edit.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg36hg">
+ <para>Click the Security tab.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg36jw">
+ <para>Specify your key ID in the PGP/GPG Key ID field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg36pj">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsg36qt">
+ <para>Click Close.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>Click Tools > Settings, then click Mail Accounts. Select the account you want to use securely, and click Edit. Click the Security tab. Enter your key ID in the PGP/GPG Key ID field, then click OK. Your key is now integrated into your identity in Evolution.</para>
+ <para>Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you don’t remember it, you can find it by typing <command>gpg --list-keys</command> in a console window. Your key ID is an eight-character string with random numbers and letters.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="unencrypting">
+ <title>Unencrypting a Received Message</title>
+ <para>If you receive an encrypted message, you need to decrypt it before you read it. Remember, the sender must have your public key before they can send you an encrypted message.</para>
+ <para>When you view the message, Evolution prompts you for your PGP password. Enter it, and the unencrypted message is displayed. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-mail-organize">
+ <title>Organizing Your E-Mail</title>
+ <para>Whether you only get a few e-mail messages a day, or you receive hundreds, you probably want to sort and organize them. Evolution™ has the tools to help you do it.</para>
+
+ <section id="importing-mail-and-settings">
+ <title>Importing Your Old E-Mail</title>
+ <para>Evolution allows you to import old e-mail and contacts so that you don’t need to worry about losing your old information.</para>
+
+ <section id="importing-mail">
+ <title>Importing Single Files</title>
+ <para>Evolution can import the following types of files:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsawbz2">
+ <title>vCard (.vcf, .gcrd):</title>
+ <para> The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and many other contact management applications. You should be able to export to vCard format from any address book application. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsawccr">
+ <title>iCalendar or iCal (.ics): </title>
+ <para>A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by Palm OS handhelds, Evolution, and Microsoft Outlook. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsawckg">
+ <title>Microsoft Outlook Express 4 (.mbx): </title>
+ <para>E-Mail file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express 4. For other versions of Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express, see the workaround described in <link linkend="bsawgkk">Step 1</link>. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsawdfx">
+ <title>LDAP Data Interchange Format (.LDIF):</title>
+ <para> A standard data format for contact cards. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsawdmw">
+ <title>MBox (.mbox or null extension): </title>
+ <para>The e-mail format used by Mozilla, Netscape, Evolution, Eudora, and many other e-mail clients. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>To import your old e-mail: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsaweb1">
+ <para>Click File > Import.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsaweiv">
+ <para>Click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsawely">
+ <para>Select Import a Single File, then click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsawey0">
+ <para>Select the file to import, then click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsawf2t">
+ <para>Click Import.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="importing-preferences">
+ <title>Importing Multiple Files</title>
+ <para>Evolution automates the import process for several applications it can recognize. </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsawfek">
+ <para>Click File > Import.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsawfhu">
+ <para>Click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsawfiy">
+ <para>Select Import Data and Settings From Older Programs, then click Forward.</para>
+ <para>Evolution searches for old mail programs and, if possible, import the data from them.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>Microsoft Outlook and versions of Outlook Express after version 4 use proprietary formats that Evolution cannot read or import. One migration method that works well is to use the Outport application. See <ulink url="http://outport.sourceforge.net";>outport.sourceforge.net</ulink> for additional information. You can also import data into another Windows mail client such as Mozilla: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsawgkk">
+ <para>While in Windows, import your .pst files into Mozilla Mail (or another mail program such as Netscape or Eudora that uses the standard mbox format).</para>
+ <para>Mozilla and Netscape users need to click File > Compact > All Folders from within the Netscape or Mozilla mail tool. Otherwise, Evolution imports and undeletes the messages in your Trash folders.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsawh7h">
+ <para>Copy the files to the system or partition that Evolution is installed on.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsawhdw">
+ <para>Use the Evolution import tool to import the files.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>For POP mail, filters are applied as messages are downloaded. For IMAP mail, filters are applied to new messages when you enter the INBOX folder. On Exchange servers, filters are not applied until you select your Inbox folder and click Actions > Apply Filters, or press Ctrl+Y. To force your filters to act on all messages in the folder, select the entire folder by pressing Ctrl+A, then apply the filters by pressing Ctrl+Y. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-columns">
+ <title>Sorting Mail with Column Headers</title>
+ <para>The message list normally has columns to indicate whether a message has been read, whether it has attachments, how important it is, and the sender, date, and subject. You can change the column order, or add and remove columns by dragging and dropping them.</para>
+ <para>Right-click one of the column headers to get a list of options:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsawhu7">
+ <title>Sort Ascending: </title>
+ <para>Sorts the messages top to bottom. Similarly, Sort Descending reverses the order, and Unsort removes sorting from this column, reverting to the order of messages as they were added to the folder.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsawiat">
+ <title>Removing a Column: </title>
+ <para>Remove this column from the display. You can also remove columns by dragging the header off the list and letting it drop. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsawie2">
+ <title>Adding a Column: </title>
+ <para>When you select this item, a dialog box appears, listing the possible columns. Drag the column you want into a space between existing column headers. A red arrow shows where the column will be placed.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsawiz9">
+ <title>Best Fit: </title>
+ <para>Automatically adjusts the widths of the columns for the most efficient use of space.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsawj3v">
+ <title>Customizing the Current View: </title>
+ <para>Choose this item to pick a more complex sort order for messages, or to choose which columns of information about your messages you want to display.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-columns-followup">
+ <title>Using the Follow Up Feature</title>
+ <para>One way to make sure you don't forget about a message is with the Follow Up feature. To use it, select one or more messages, then right-click on one, then click Follow Up. A dialog box opens to allow you to set the type of flag and the due date.</para>
+ <para>The Flag itself is the action you want to remind yourself about. Several are provided for you, such as Call, Forward, and Reply, but you can enter your own note or action if you want. You can set a deadline for the flag as well.</para>
+ <para>After you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or remove it entirely by right-clicking the message, then click either Flag Completed or Clear Flag.</para>
+ <para>When you read a flagged message, its flag status is displayed at the top, before the message headers. An overdue message might tell you Overdue: Call by April 07, 2003, 5:00 PM.</para>
+ <para>Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For example, you might add a Flag Status column to your message list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a vFolder that displays all your flagged messages, then clear the flags when you're done, so the vFolder contains only messages with upcoming deadlines.</para>
+ <para>If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can mark them as Important by right-clicking the message, then click Mark Important.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-folders">
+ <title>Getting Organized with Folders</title>
+ <para>Evolution, like most other mail systems, stores mail in folders. You start out with a few mail folders, such as Inbox, Outbox, and Drafts, but you can create as many as you like. Create new folders by right clicking the folder list and selecting New Folder.</para>
+ <para>When you click OK, your new folder appears in the folder view. You can then put messages in it by dragging and dropping them, or by using the Move button in the toolbar. If you want to move several messages at once, select the ones you want to move while holding down the Ctrl key, or use Shift to select a range of messages. If you create a filter with the filter assistant, you can have mail filed automatically.</para>
+ <note>
+ <para>The Inbox folder on most IMAP servers cannot contain both subfolders and messages. When you create additional folders on your IMAP mail server, branch them from the root of the IMAP account's folder tree, not from Inbox. If you create subfolders in your Inbox folder, you lose the ability to read messages that exist in your Inbox until you move the folders out of the way.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-search">
+ <title>Searching for Messages</title>
+ <para>Most mail clients can search your messages for you, but Evolution does it faster than most because of its automatic search index.</para>
+ <para>To start searching, type a word or phrase in the text area below the toolbar, and choose a search type:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsaz7v9">
+ <title>Subject Contains: </title>
+ <para>Shows messages where the search text is in the subject line. It does not search in the message body.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaz857">
+ <title>Subject Does Not Contain: </title>
+ <para>Finds messages that do not contain the search text in the subject.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaz8as">
+ <title>Sender Contains: </title>
+ <para>Finds messages whose From: header contains a match for your search text.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaz8eu">
+ <title>Recipients Contain: </title>
+ <para>Finds messages with the search text in the To: and Cc: headers.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaz8kw">
+ <title>Body Contains: </title>
+ <para>Searches only in message text, not the subject lines.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaz8ps">
+ <title>Body Does Not Contain: </title>
+ <para>Finds every e-mail message that does not have the search text in the message body. It also show messages that have the search text in the subject line, if it is not also in the body.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaz8uh">
+ <title>Body or Subject Contains: </title>
+ <para>Searches message subjects and the messages themselves for the word or phrase you've specified in the search field.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaz910">
+ <title>Message Contains: </title>
+ <para>Searches the message body and all headers for the specified text.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>When you’ve typed your search phrase, press Enter or click the Find Now button. Evolution will show your search results in the message list.</para>
+ <para>For more complex search rules, select Advanced from the Search menu. You might want to create a vFolder instead; see <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">Using vFolders</link> for more detail.</para>
+ <para>When finish searching, go back to seeing all your messages by clicking the Clear button, or by entering a blank search.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-spam">
+ <title>Stopping Junk Mail (Spam)</title>
+ <para>Evolution can check for junk mail for you. When the software detects mail that appears to be junk mail, it will flag it and hide it from your view. Messages that are flagged as junk mail are displayed only in the Junk folder.</para>
+ <para>The junk mail filter can learn which kinds of mail are legitimate and which are not if you train it. When you first start using junk mail blocking, check the Junk folder to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get flagged as junk mail. If good mail, also known as ham, is incorrectly flagged, remove it from the Junk folder by right-clicking it and selecting Mark as Not Junk. If Evolution misses junk mail, right-click the message, then click Mark as Junk. When you correct it, the filter will be able to recognize similar messages in the future, and will become more accurate as time goes on.</para>
+ <para>To change your junk mail filtering preferences, click Tools > Settings, then click Mail Preferences. In the mail preferences tool, click the Junk tab. Here, you have a couple of options: </para>
+ <formalpara id="bsaz9zd">
+ <title>Checking Incoming Mail for Junk: </title>
+ <para>This option turns automatic junk mail filtering on or off.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsaza5z">
+ <title>Include Remote Tests: </title>
+ <para>This option uses tests that require a network connection, such as checking to see if a message is in a list of known junk messages, or if the sender or gateway are blacklisted by anti-spam organizations. Remote tests add to the amount of time it takes to check for junk mail, but increase accuracy.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-filters">
+ <title>Create Rules to Automatically Organize Mail</title>
+ <para>Filters work very much like the mail room in a large company. Their purpose is to bundle, sort, and distribute mail to the various folders. In addition, you can have multiple filters performing multiple actions that might effect the same message in several ways. For example, your filters could put copies of one message into multiple folders, or keep one copy and send one to another person, and it can do that quickly.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-org-filters-new">
+ <title>Creating New Filter Rules</title>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsazapz">
+ <para>Click Tools > Filters.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazaxn">
+ <para>Click Add.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazayr">
+ <para>Type a name for the filter in the Rule name field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazb4y">
+ <para>Define the criteria for the filter in the If section.</para>
+ <para>For each of the filter criterion, you must first select which parts of the message you want to filter:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsh25ic">
+ <title>Sender: </title>
+ <para>The sender's address.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsh25ui">
+ <title>Recipient: </title>
+ <para>The recipients of the message.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsh266q">
+ <title>Subject:</title>
+ <para> The subject line of the message.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshk9m6">
+ <title>Specific Header: </title>
+ <para>Any header including custom ones.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution pays attention only to the first instance, even if the message defines the header differently the second time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From: header as “engineering rupertcorp com” and then restates it as “marketing rupertcorp com”, Evolution filters as though the second declaration did not occur. To filter on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular expression. </para>
+ <formalpara id="bshkazq">
+ <title>Message Body: </title>
+ <para>Searches in the actual text of the message.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkb9x">
+ <title>Expression (For programmers only):</title>
+ <para> Match a message according to an expression you write in the Scheme language, used to define filters in Evolution.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkbvl">
+ <title>Date Sent: </title>
+ <para>Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given time or after a given time. Then choose the time. The filter compares the message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four days ago.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkcq6">
+ <title>Date Received: </title>
+ <para>This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the time you received the message with the dates you specify.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkcwe">
+ <title>Label: </title>
+ <para>Messages can have labels of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. You can set tables with other filters or by hand.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkdbe">
+ <title>Score: </title>
+ <para>Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other filters can process them.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkdqm">
+ <title>Size: </title>
+ <para>Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkdww">
+ <title>Status: </title>
+ <para>Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkeb2">
+ <title>Flagged: </title>
+ <para>Checks whether the message is flagged for follow-up.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkej1">
+ <title>Attachments: </title>
+ <para>Creates a filter based on whether there is an attachment for the e-mail.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkev3">
+ <title>Mailing List: </title>
+ <para>Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be caught by these filters.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkfrd">
+ <title>Regex Match: </title>
+ <para>If you know your way around a <link linkend="regular-expression">regex</link>, or regular expression, this option allows you to search for complex patterns of letters, so that you can find, for example, all words that start with a and ends with m, and are between six and fifteen letters long, or all messages that declare a particular header twice. For information about how to use regular expressions, check the manual page for the <command>grep</command> command.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkggw">
+ <title>Source Account: </title>
+ <para>Filters messages according the server you got them from. This is most useful if you use multiple POP mail accounts.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkgpo">
+ <title>Pipe to Program: </title>
+ <para>Evolution can use an external command to process a message, then process it based on the return value. Commands used in this way must return an integer. This is most commonly used to add an external junk mail filter.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkgwb">
+ <title>Junk Test: </title>
+ <para>Filters based on the results of the junk mail test.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkh3t">
+ <title>Select the Criteria for the Condition: </title>
+ <para>If you want multiple criteria for this filter, click Add Criterion and repeat step 4.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkhi8">
+ <title>Select the Actions for the Filter in the Then Section: </title>
+ <para>Select any of the following options.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmr5pj">
+ <title>Move to Folder: </title>
+ <para>Moves the message into a folder you specify. Click Click Here to select the destination folder.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmr9sg">
+ <title>Copy to Folder: </title>
+ <para>Puts a copy of the message into a folder you specify. Click Click Here to select the destination folder.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmr9wy">
+ <title>Delete: </title>
+ <para>Marks the message for deletion. The message can be undeleted until you manually expunge or empty the trash.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmr9zn">
+ <title>Stop Processing: </title>
+ <para>Select this if you want to have all other filters to ignore this message.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmra5i">
+ <title>Assign Color: </title>
+ <para>Marks the message with a color of your choice.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmraa9">
+ <title>Assign Score: </title>
+ <para>Assigns the message a numeric score.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmrd39">
+ <title>Adjust Score: </title>
+ <para>Changes the numeric score by the amount you set.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmrd6f">
+ <title>Set Status: </title>
+ <para>Sets the status of the message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmrd9c">
+ <title>Unset Status: </title>
+ <para>If the message has a status value, unsets it. If a status value is not set, it does nothing.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmrdcm">
+ <title>Beep: </title>
+ <para>Makes the system beep.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmrdey">
+ <title>Play Sound: </title>
+ <para>Select a sound file, and Evolution will play it.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmrdip">
+ <title>Pipe to Program: </title>
+ <para>Sends the message to a program of your choice. No return value is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic Web postings from e-mail messages or to perform additional message post processing not supported by Evolution.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsmrdm5">
+ <title>Run Program: </title>
+ <para>Evolution will run an application.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazp1t">
+ <para>Click Add Action if you need multiple actions.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazq81">
+ <para>Click OK twice.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>There is an easy shortcut for fast filter or vFolder creation. </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsh2232">
+ <para>Right-click the message in the e-mail list.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsh22bz">
+ <para>Select one of the items under the Create Rule from the Message submenu.</para>
+ <para>Creating a rule based on a message opens the filter creation tool with some of the information about the message already filled in for your convenience.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <informalfigure id="usage-mail-filter-fig-createrule">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/filter-new-fig.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para>If you have several filters that match a single message, they are all applied to the message in order, unless one of the filters has the Stop Processing action. If you use that action in a filter, the messages that it affects are not touched by other filters. </para>
+ <para>When you first open the Filters dialog box, you are shown the list of filters sorted in the order in which they will be applied. You can move them up and down in the priority list by clicking the Up and Down buttons. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="filters-edit">
+ <title>Editing Filters</title>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsazr7l">
+ <para>Click Tools > Filters.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazr9u">
+ <para>Select the filter to edit and click Edit.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazrhx">
+ <para>Make the desired corrections and click OK twice.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="filters-deleting">
+ <title>Deleting Filters</title>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsazrrq">
+ <para>Click Tools > Filters.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazrvn">
+ <para>Select the filter to remove and click Remove. </para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazryx">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <note>
+ <para>Changing Folder Names and Filters</para>
+ <para>Incoming e-mail that your filters don’t move goes into the Inbox; outgoing mail that they don’t move ends up in the Sent folder. So be sure to change the filters that go with it.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">
+ <title>Using vFolders</title>
+ <para>If filters aren’t flexible enough for you, or you find yourself performing the same search again and again, consider a vFolder. vFolders, or virtual folders, are an advanced way of viewing your e-mail messages within Evolution. If you get a lot of mail or often forget where you put messages, vFolders can help you keep things organized.</para>
+ <para>A vFolder is really a hybrid of all the other organizational tools: it looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you set it up like a filter. In other words, a conventional folder actually contains messages, but a vFolder is a view of messages that might be in several different folders. The messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of criteria you choose in advance.</para>
+ <para>As messages that meet the vFolder criteria arrive or are deleted, Evolution automatically adjusts the vFolder contents. When you delete a message, it is erased from the folder in which it actually exists, as well as any vFolders that display it.</para>
+ <para>The Unmatched vFolder is the opposite of other vFolders: it displays all messages that do not appear in other vFolders.</para>
+ <para>If you use remote e-mail storage like IMAP or Microsoft Exchange, and have created vFolders to search through them, the Unmatched vFolder also searches the remote folders. If you do not create any vFolders that search remote mail stores, the Unmatched vFolder does not search in them either.</para>
+ <para>As an example of using folders, searches, and vFolders, consider the following example: To organize his mailbox, Jim sets up a virtual folder for e-mails from his friend and co-worker Anna. He has another vFolder for messages that have novell.com in the address and Evolution in the subject line, so he can keep a record of what people from work send him about Evolution. If Anna sends him a message about anything other than Evolution, it only shows up in the “Anna” vFolder. When Anna sends him mail about the user interface for Evolution, he can see the message both in the “Anna” vFolder and in the “Internal Evolution Discussion” vFolder. </para>
+
+ <section id="vfolder-create">
+ <title>Creating a vFolder</title>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsazs7h">
+ <para>Click Tools > Virtual Folder Editor.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazsav">
+ <para>Click Add.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/evo_rule_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazsbo">
+ <para>Type the name of the vFolder in the Rule Name field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazsjd">
+ <para>Select your search criteria. For each criterion, you must first select which of the following parts of the message you want the search to examine. The criteria are similar to those for filters.</para>
+ <formalpara id="bshkrpc">
+ <title>Sender: </title>
+ <para>Sender's address.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkrwe">
+ <title>Recipients: </title>
+ <para>The recipients of the message.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshks5p">
+ <title>Subject: </title>
+ <para>The subject line of the message.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshksea">
+ <title>Message Body: </title>
+ <para>Searches in the actual text of the message.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkzum">
+ <title>Expression (For programmers only):</title>
+ <para> Match a message according to an expression you write in the Scheme language, used to define filters in Evolution.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkzun">
+ <title>Date Sent: </title>
+ <para>Filters messages according to the date on which they were sent. First, choose the conditions you want a message to meet, such as before a given time or after a given time. Then choose the time. The filter compares the message's time stamp to the system clock when the filter is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a calendar. You can also have it look for a message within a range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four days ago.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkzuo">
+ <title>Date Received: </title>
+ <para>This works the same way as the Date Sent option, except that it compares the time you received the message with the dates you specify.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkzup">
+ <title>Label: </title>
+ <para>Messages can have labels of Important, Work, Personal, To Do, or Later. You can set tables with other filters or by hand.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkzuq">
+ <title>Score: </title>
+ <para>Sets the message score to any whole number greater than 0. You can have one filter set or change a message score, and then set up another filter to move the messages you have scored. A message score is not based on anything in particular: it is simply a number you can assign to messages so other filters can process them.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkzur">
+ <title>Size: </title>
+ <para>Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkzus">
+ <title>Status: </title>
+ <para>Filters according to the status of a message. The status can be Replied To, Draft, Important, Read, or Junk.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkzut">
+ <title>Flagged: </title>
+ <para>Checks whether the message is flagged for follow-up.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkzuu">
+ <title>Attachments: </title>
+ <para>Creates a filter based on whether there is an attachment for the e-mail.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshkzuv">
+ <title>Mailing List: </title>
+ <para>Filters based on the mailing list the message came from. This filter might miss messages from some list servers, because it checks for the X-BeenThere header, which is used to identify mailing lists or other redistributors of mail. Mail from list servers that do not set X-BeenThere properly are not be caught by these filters.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazxjk">
+ <para>Select the folders in which this vFolder will search. Your options are:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsmr7jw">
+ <title>Specific Folders Only: </title>
+ <para>Uses individual folders for the vFolder source.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsmr82i">
+ <title>With All Local Folders: </title>
+ <para>Uses all local folders for the vFolder source.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsmr8jg">
+ <title>With All Active Remote Folders: </title>
+ <para>Remote folders are considered active if you are connected to the server; you must be connected to your mail server for the vFolder to include any messages from that source.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsmr8zu">
+ <title>With All Local and Active Remote Folders: </title>
+ <para>Uses all local and active remote folders fo rthe vFolder source.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsazxwc">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-contact">
+ <title>Evolution Contacts: the Address Book</title>
+ <para>This section shows you how to use the Evolution™ contacts tool to organize any amount of contact information, share addresses over a network, and indicates several ways to save time with everyday tasks.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-contact-cards">The Contact Editor</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="contact-search">Searching for Contacts</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-contact-organize">Organizing your Contacts</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-contact-sharing">LDAP: Shared Contact Groups on a Network</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="contact-automation-basic">Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para> To learn about configuring the contacts tool, see <link linkend="config-prefs-contact">Directory Servers</link>. You can import contacts from other contact management tools with the Import tool by clicking File > Import, or by mailing them to yourself as vCard attachments.</para>
+ <para>A card contains the contact information for an individual in your address book. Double-click on a card to display all its details.</para>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-cards">
+ <title>The Contact Editor</title>
+ <para>If you want to add or change cards, you'll use the contact editor. To change a card that already exists, double-click it to open the contact editor window. If you want to create a new card, click the New button in the toolbar to open the same window, with blank entry boxes for you to fill in.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="usage-contact-editor-fig">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/evo_contacteditor_a.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para>The contact editor window has three tabs:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bshl614">
+ <title>Contact: </title>
+ <para>Contains basic contact information.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshl6pc">
+ <title>Personal: </title>
+ <para>Contains a more specific description of the person, including URLs for their calendar and free/busy information.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshl7iw">
+ <title>Mailing Address: </title>
+ <para>Contains the individuals mailing address. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>You can also use Actions menu to find Forward Contact, which opens a new message with the card already attached, and Send Message to Contact, which will opens a new message to the contact's e-mail address.</para>
+ <para>From the Contact Editor toolbar, you can save and close, print, close, or delete the contact.</para>
+ <para>You can add cards from within an e-mail message or calendar appointment. While looking at an e-mail, right-click any e-mail address or message, and click Create Card for this Address or Create Card for this Sender from the menu.</para>
+ <para>Most of the items in the contact editor simply display the information you enter, but some of them have additional features:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsb02hn">
+ <title>Full Name: </title>
+ <para>Specify the name of your contact here. You can type a name into the Full Name field, but you can also click the Full Name button to bring up a small dialog box with text boxes for first and last names, titles like “Mr.” or “Her Excellency,” and suffixes like “Jr.” The Full Name field also interacts with the File Under box to help you organize your contacts and to handle multi-word surnames.To see how it works, type a name in the Full Name field. As an example, we’ll use Miguel de Icaza. You’ll notice that the File Under field also fills in, but in reverse: Icaza, Miguel de. If you had entered John Q. Doe, the contacts editor would have correctly guessed that the entry should be filed under “Doe, John Q.” However, Miguel’s surname, “de Icaza”, has two words, and to sort it correctly you must enter de Icaza, Miguel in the File As entry.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsb03ok">
+ <title>Where: </title>
+ <para>Select one of your address books as the location for this contact. You might not be able to write to all available address books, especially those on a network.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsb03se">
+ <title>Categories: </title>
+ <para>Click the Categories button to select categories for this card. If you assign contact categories, you can then search for contacts using those categories. For more information on contact categories, see <link linkend="usage-contact-organize">Organizing your Contacts</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsb042y">
+ <title>Free/Busy and Calendar URLs: </title>
+ <para>Click the Personal Information tab to enter Web addresses for the contact. If the contact publishes Free/Busy or calendar data online, using a server other than Exchange or GroupWise, you can specify the addresses for those servers here. After you do so, you can check their schedule when creating appointments in the calendar.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="contact-search">
+ <title>Searching for Contacts</title>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsb04h7">
+ <para>Select your search type in the search bar.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb04kf">
+ <para>Specify your query.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb04m3">
+ <para>Press Enter to begin the search.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>For a more complex search, select Search Advanced and select criteria that describe your desired contact:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsb04xh">
+ <para>Name the rule in the Rule Name field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb050n">
+ <para>Set up your criteria in the If field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb0546">
+ <para>Click Add Criterion to add additional criteria.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb05aw">
+ <para>Click Search.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>To show all your contacts, Click Clear in the search bar, press Shift+Ctrl+B, or search with an empty query.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-organize">
+ <title>Organizing your Contacts</title>
+ <para>Just as you can search mail, you can search contacts. You can also create several individual address books, or contact groups. Within a given contact group, you can have several categories of contacts. </para>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-organize-group">
+ <title>Contacts Groups</title>
+ <para>The simplest way to organize contacts is to create additional groups of contacts. You can create a new one by clicking File > New > Contacts Group. For contacts groups on your computer, you only need to provide a name. For contacts on the network, you need to provide more information about the contacts server you are trying to access. </para>
+ <para>To move a card from one group to another, just drag it from the main display of contacts. You cannot change the contents of most network contact groups. </para>
+ <note>
+ <para>Contacts groups are not the same as contact lists. A contact group is like a folder or address book full of contacts. A contact list is a single contact that contains other contacts, and is most often used to e-mail several people at once.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-organize-group-list">
+ <title>Creating a List of Contacts</title>
+ <para>A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname that you create. When you send e-mail to the nickname, it is sent to every member of the list. This differs from a network mailing list in that it exists only on your computer as a convenience to you, rather than as an actual e-mail address managed by a mailing list application on a server.</para>
+ <para>For example, you could create one card for each family member, then add those cards to a contact list called “Family”. Then, instead of entering each person's e-mail address individually, you can send e-mail to “Family” and the message would go to all of them.</para>
+ <para> To create a list of contacts: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bshlf6r">
+ <para>Open the list creation dialog box by clicking the New List button or click File > New > Contact List.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlfal">
+ <para>Specify a name for the list.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlfcp">
+ <para>Specify the names or e-mail addresses of contacts, or just drag contacts from the main window into the list.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlfem">
+ <para>Choose whether you want to hide the e-mail addresses when you send a message to the list. Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the same thing as using the “Bcc:” feature discussed in <link linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types">Specifying Extra Recipients for E-Mail</link>.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlfgv">
+ <para>When you are finished, click OK. </para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>The list appears as a contact card, which you can use as you would any other. That includes e-mailing the list to another person, and sending e-mail to the list.</para>
+ <para>To mail the list, open a new e-mail and type the name you chose for the list. Evolution will address the message to the entire list when you send it. You can also right-click on the list’s address card in the contacts tool and select Send Message to List.</para>
+ <para>Evolution cannot store contact lists on Microsoft Exchange servers.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-organize-group-category">
+ <title>Grouping with Categories</title>
+ <para>Anther way to group cards is to mark them as belonging to different categories. You can mark a card as being in several categories or no category at all. For example, you put a friend's card in the “Business” category because he works with you, the “Friends” category because he's a friend, and the “Frequent” category because you call him often.</para>
+ <para>To mark a card as belonging to a category, click the Categories button at the lower right. In the dialog box that appears, you can check as many or as few categories as you like.</para>
+ <para>If the master list of categories doesn’t suit you, you can add your own categories. Just specify the new category's name in the text box, then click Categories and select Edit Master Category List in the window that appears. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-sharing">
+ <title>LDAP: Shared Contact Groups on a Network</title>
+ <para>The <link linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> protocol was created to let users share contact information over a network by sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company to maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies keep a common LDAP address book for all their employees or for client contacts.</para>
+ <para>To learn how to add a remote directory to your available contact folders, see <link linkend="config-prefs-contact">Directory Servers</link>. Remote groups of contacts appear under the On LDAP Servers item in the shortcut bar. They work like a local folder of cards, with the following exceptions: </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Network folders are only available when you are connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a modem connection, you might want to copy or cache some of the network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping your desired contacts into the local contacts list.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>To prevent excess network traffic, Evolution does not normally load data from the LDAP server immediately upon opening. You must click Display All before contacts are loaded from the network. You can change this behavior in the Contact Preferences window.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Depending on your server settings, you might not be able to edit all the fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some servers prohibit some or all changes, and others use a smaller set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system administrator if you need different settings.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="usage-contact-sharing-setup">
+ <title>Configuring Evolution to use LDAP</title>
+ <para>For information about setting up Evolution to use LDAP, refer to <link linkend="config-prefs-contact">Directory Servers</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="contact-automation-basic">
+ <title>Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</title>
+ <para>As noted before, when you get information about a person in the mail or in a calendar entry, you can add it to an address card. To do so, right-click any e-mail address or e-mail message, and click Add Sender to Contacts on the menu that appears. Evolution can also add cards from a hand-held device during HotSync operation. For more information, see <link linkend="config-sync">Synchronizing Your Handheld Device</link>.</para>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-calendar">
+ <title>Evolution Calendar</title>
+ <para>This section shows you how to use the Evolution Calendar to manage your schedule alone or in conjunction with peers. To learn about importing calendar data, see <link linkend="importing-mail">Importing Single Files</link>, which covers the Import tool.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-calendar-view">Ways of Looking at your Calendar</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-calendar-apts">Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshm4dy">Deleting Old Appointments and Meetings</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-calendar-multiple">Multiple Calendars and Web Calendars</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-calendar-todo">The Task Pad</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshlzlu">Configuring Time Zones</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-view">
+ <title>Ways of Looking at your Calendar</title>
+ <para>In Evolution™, you can keep multiple calendars and overlay them one over the next. For example, you might have a schedule of events for work, one for home, and one for your favorite sports team. The shortcut bar lists those calendars, and you can select or deselect the boxes next to them to show and hide the appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing different sets of appointments, you can be sure to avoid conflicts, while keeping a minimum of clutter in your view at any one time.</para>
+ <para>Appointments for each calendar appear as a different color.</para>
+ <para>The toolbar offers you four different buttons that can show you different views of your calendar: </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Day </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Work Week </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Week </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Month </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small calendar at the upper right. To do this, click and drag on the days that you want to view in your calendar.</para>
+ <para>The Prev and Next buttons move you forward and back in your calendar pages. If you are using a week or month view, you can move by week or month. To return to today's listing, click the Today button in the toolbar.</para>
+ <para>To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click Go To and select the date in the dialog box that appears.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-apts">
+ <title>Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</title>
+ <para>There are two types of scheduling events with Evolution, appointments and meetings. An appointment is an event you schedule for yourself only. Where a meeting is an event that you schedule multiple people for. You can also use the busy/free search for meetings to determine peoples availability.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-calendar-apts-basic">Creating Appointments</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-calendar-rsvp">Sending a Meeting Invitation</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="replying-to-rsvp">Accepting and Replying to a Meeting Request</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="receiving-rsvp-response">Reading Responses to Meeting Requests</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-calendar-freebusy">Using the Free/Busy View</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="usage-calendar-freebusy-scheduling">Scheduling an Appointment</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="publishing-freebusy">Publishing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="accessing-freebusy-offserver">Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-apts-basic">
+ <title>Creating Appointments</title>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bshlods">
+ <para>Click File > New Appointment.</para>
+ <para>or</para>
+ <para>Click Calendars, then click New.</para>
+ <para>or</para>
+ <para>Double-click in a blank space in the calendar.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlp2i">
+ <para>Type a brief summary of the appointment in the Summary field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlrup">
+ <para>Type a location for the appointment in the Location field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlrzp">
+ <para>Select a classification in the Classification drop-down list.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshls74">
+ <para>Select a calendar in the Calendar drop-down list.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlsdj">
+ <para>Type a category in the Categories field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlsib">
+ <para>Type a description in the Descriptions field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlrir">
+ <para>Specify a starting and ending date.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlsv2">
+ <para>Select whether you want this appointment to be an all day event.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlt0m">
+ <para>If the event is not an all day event, specify a starting and ending time.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshltfl">
+ <para>Select whether you want to show the time as busy.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlpwz">
+ <para>Select if you want an alarm for this appointment. If you select an alarm specify when and how you want to the alarm to notify you.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshlu6p">
+ <para>Click the Recurrence tab, and specify whether you want the appointment to reoccur and how often.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>An All Day event appears at the top of a day's appointment list, in the grey header under the date, rather than inside. That makes it easy to have appointments that overlap and fit inside each other. For example, a conference might be an All Day appointment, and the meetings at the conference could be timed appointments. Appointments with specific starting and ending times can also overlap. When they do they're displayed as multiple columns in the day view of the calendar.</para>
+ <para>If you create calendar appointments that overlap, Evolution displays them side by side in your calendar. </para>
+
+ <section id="bshly4v">
+ <title>Reminders</title>
+ <para>You can have several Reminders for individual appointments, any time prior to the appointment you schedule. You can have one reminder of each of the following types: </para>
+ <formalpara id="bsb097g">
+ <title>Display: </title>
+ <para>A window pops up on your screen to remind you of your appointment. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsb09dl">
+ <title>Audio: </title>
+ <para>Your computer delivers a sound alarm. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsb09hb">
+ <title>Program: </title>
+ <para>You can run a program as a reminder. You can enter its name in the text field, or find it with the Browse button. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>If you have stored reminders in a local calendar, they work from the moment you log in. However, for reminders stored on an Exchange server, you must run Evolution at least once after logging in. No matter where the reminders are stored, you can quit Evolution and still be reminded of an upcoming appointment. </para>
+ <para>If you are using a a calendar on a GroupWise® or Exchange server, select a Classification for the appointment, to determine who can view it. Public is the default category, and a public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar sharing network. Private denotes one level of security, and Confidential an even higher level. The different levels vary depending on your server settings; check with your system administrator or adjust your delegation settings.</para>
+ <para>If you are using a GroupWise or Exchange server, other people on the server can check your schedule to see if you are available at any given time. If you have an appointment that is flexible or that you want to designate as Free rather than Busy time, select the Free box in the Show Time As section. Normally, appointments display as Busy. </para>
+ <para>You can categorize appointments in the same way you can categorize contacts. Click the Categories button to open a checklist. Select the check box next to each category that matches the appointment you are creating. </para>
+ <tip>
+ <para>Adding a New Appointment Category</para>
+ <para>You can add a new category to your category list by clicking on Edit Master Category List and single-clicking on Click here to add a category.</para>
+ </tip>
+ <para>After you've selected your categories, click OK to assign these categories to the appointment. The categories you selected are now listed in the text box to the right of the Categories button.</para>
+ <para>Appointments with categories appear with icons in the calendar display, and you can also search for appointments by category. To display only the appointments in a particular category, select Category Is in the search bar at the top of the calendar, and select a category.</para>
+ <para>The Recurrence tab lets you describe repetition in appointments ranging from once every day up to once every 100 years. You can then choose a time and date when the appointment stops recurring, and, under Exceptions, pick individual days when the appointment does not recur. Make your selections from left to right, and you form a sentence: “Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2008” or “Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences”.</para>
+ <para>After you have finished settings, click the disk icon in the toolbar to save and close the appointment editor window. If you want, you can alter an appointment summary in the calendar view by clicking on it and typing. You can change other settings by right-clicking on the appointment then choosing Open, or double-clicking the appointment.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-rsvp">
+ <title>Sending a Meeting Invitation</title>
+ <para>Evolution can be used to schedule group meetings and help you manage responses to meeting requests.</para>
+ <para>When you create a meeting or group appointment, you can specify the attendees in several categories, such as “chair” or “required”. When you save the appointment listing, each attendee is sent an e-mail with the appointment information, which also gives them the option to respond.</para>
+ <para>If you don't need to collect attendance information when you're scheduling an event, and would rather just announce it, click Actions > Forward as iCalendar. This opens a new e-mail message with the event notification attached as an announcement. Recipients can add the event to their calendars with one click, but it won't automatically send you e-mail about whether they plan to attend.</para>
+ <para>To schedule a meeting: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsb0agm">
+ <para>Click File > New > Meeting, then click the Invitation tab.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb0ao0">
+ <para>If you have multiple e-mail accounts, select the one to use by selecting an item in the Organizer field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb0b04">
+ <para>Click Add to add an attendee to enter the names and e-mail addresses of people you will invite.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb0bjm">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>An e-mail is sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.</para>
+ <note>
+ <para>A meeting can have only one organizer, and only the organizer can add participants. You can designate yourself the organizer of the meeting, but unless you coordinate that action with the organizer you are replacing, you could create confusion in the scheduling process. If you want to invite additional people to a meeting without changing the organizer, it’s best to forward the first organizer’s message to the additional participants.</para>
+ </note>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="replying-to-rsvp">
+ <title>
+Accepting and Replying to a Meeting Request</title>
+ <para>Meeting requests are sent as iCal attachments. To view or respond to one, click the attachment icon and view it inline in the mail window. All the details are shown about the event, including time and dates. Then you can choose how to reply to the invitation. Your choices are:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Accept</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Tentatively Accept</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Decline</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>Click OK, an e-mail is sent to the organizer with your answer. The event will also be added to your calendar if you accept.</para>
+ <para>After you add the meeting to your calendar, you can make changes to the information, but if the original organizer sends out another update, your changes might be overwritten.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="receiving-rsvp-response">
+ <title>Reading Responses to Meeting Requests</title>
+ <para>When you get a reply to a meeting invitation you sent, you can view it inline by clicking the attachment and selecting View Inline. At the bottom, you can click OK to update your attendee list.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-freebusy">
+ <title>Using the Free/Busy View</title>
+ <para>In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available in advance. The Free/Busy feature is normally a function of dedicated groupware servers such as Exchange and Groupwise. However, you can also publish Free/Busy information online, and access Free/Busy information published elsewhere. If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data, you can still use iCal event invitations to coordinate schedules with other people.</para>
+ <para>To access the free/busy view: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsbzmp5">
+ <para>Click File > New > Meeting.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb0c7x">
+ <para>Click the Scheduling tab.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="bs4aw7i">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/schedule.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <formalpara id="bsb0cyw">
+ <title>Attendee List: </title>
+ <para>The Attendee List shows the people who have been invited to the appointment. It also shows their RSVP status.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsb0da3">
+ <title>Schedule Grid: </title>
+ <para>The Schedule Grid shows the published Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is where you compare schedules to find free time to schedule the appointment. Individuals will only have visible scheduling information if they use the same GroupWise or Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their contact cards using the contact editor.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-freebusy-scheduling">
+ <title>Scheduling an Appointment</title>
+ <para>To schedule an appointment, you first need people's Free/Busy information. If you’re using the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange, all of the information is already available to you in the Global Address List. Otherwise, each person needs to e-mail you their schedule files and you need to incorporate them into your calendar.</para>
+ <para>Regardless of how you get the information, Evolution will display it in the Scheduling tab. The pending appointment time appears in white with bold black borders. Each attendee’s free and busy times appear color-coded next to their names in the attendee list.</para>
+ <para>Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting borders or by using the Autopick buttons to choose a time automatically, then click Save and Close. Attendees on an Exchange server have the appointment updated automatically; others receive e-mail notification of any change in plans.</para>
+ <para>Read <link linkend="full-advantage">Scheduling Appointments with Free/Busy</link> to learn about how to use this feature with the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="publishing-freebusy">
+ <title>Publishing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server</title>
+ <para>You can publish Free/Busy information to a WebDAV or other Web server with HTTP PUT support. Check with your system administrator if you are not sure you have this functionality.</para>
+ <para>To set up Free/Busy publishing, select Tools > Settings, then click Calendar and Tasks. In the Free/Busy Publishing tab, click Add, then specify the URL for your upload server. Select the frequency with which you wish to upload data, the calendars for which you wish to display data, your username and password, then click OK. </para>
+ <para>To have Free/Busy data published immediately, go to the Calendar tool and click Actions > Publish Free/Busy.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="accessing-freebusy-offserver">
+ <title>Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server</title>
+ <para>If someone gives you a URL for Free/Busy data or for their Web calendar, you can enter it as part of the contact information in the Contacts tool. Then, when you schedule a meeting with them, Evolution looks up the schedule and display it in the meeting planner.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bshm4dy">
+ <title>Deleting Old Appointments and Meetings</title>
+ <para>Keeping a list of everything you did in the past will eventually slow down your calendar. To delete old events, click Actions > Purge, then enter the number of days of past events you want to keep. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-multiple">
+ <title>Multiple Calendars and Web Calendars</title>
+ <para>To create a new calendar, click File > New > Calendar. If the calendar is one you plan to store locally, you need only provide a name and color. If it is a remote calendar, enter the name, color, URL, and a refresh frequency. The refresh frequency determines how often Evolution checks to see if the calendar has changed. If you are working with someone who publishes an online calendar, you might want to check for updates every thirty minutes. On the other hand, if you have displayed a sports team schedule in your calendar, you might not need to refresh it more than once a week.</para>
+ <para>The <ulink url="http://icalshare.com";>icalshare.com</ulink> Web site has an extensive list of shared online calendars, including national and religious holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional events.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="usage-calendar-todo">
+ <title>The Task Pad</title>
+ <para>The Task Pad, located in the lower right corner of the calendar, lets you keep a list of tasks separate from your calendar appointments. You can use the list in a larger window by clicking the Tasks button in the shortcut bar or in the folder tree.</para>
+ <para>To record a new task:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bshmfan">
+ <para>Click New.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshmlb7">
+ <para>Type a summary for the task.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshmlf2">
+ <para>Select a classification and group for the task.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshmlj7">
+ <para>Type a category for the task.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshmlnu">
+ <para>Type a description for the task.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshmlr5">
+ <para>(Optional) Specify a starting date and ending date for the task.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshmlv0">
+ <para>(Optional) Specify a starting time and ending time for the task.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshmmce">
+ <para>(Optional) Click the Status tab, then specify a status for the task.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>After you've added a task to your to-do list, its summary appears in the Summary section of the task list. To view or edit a detailed description of an item, double-click it, or right-click it and select Open. You can delete items by selecting them, then click Delete.</para>
+ <para>The list of tasks is sorted in a similar way to the list of e-mail messages in Evolution Mail. Click once on the message headers to change the direction and type of sorting, or right-click to add or remove columns from the display.</para>
+
+ <section id="task-folders">
+ <title>Task Groups</title>
+ <para>As with calendars, you can create multiple task groups. Task groups are more easily organized in the dedicated Tasks tool. Each task group is assigned a color, and you can use the Tasks tool shortcut bar to hide and show task groups just like calendars. In the calendar display task pad, tasks from all visible task groups appear, color coded by group. To create a new task group, select New Task Group. You are prompted for a name, color, and location for the task group. If the task group is online, you need to provide the URL for it.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bshlzlu">
+ <title>Configuring Time Zones</title>
+ <para>Evolution supports the use of time zones. If you share calendar files with friends or co-workers, it is possible you will need to configure your time zone. To configure your time zone: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsb07m1">
+ <para>Click Tools > Settings, then click Calendar and Tasks.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb07qx">
+ <para>Click the icon next to the Time Zone field, then select your location.</para>
+ <para>Each red dot represents a major city.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsb08u5">
+ <para>Select a city, then click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>You can also configure time zone information specific to the Start and End time in each appointment. To do that, simply create a new appointment and click on a globe to customize the time zone that the time exists in. For example, if you live in New York but have a telephone meeting set for noon with someone in California, you need to make sure that you're not calling each other at the worst time. Setting time zones on a per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion.</para>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="bs4tmzx">
+ <title>Connecting to GroupWise</title>
+ <para>The GroupWise® Connector enables you to connect Evolution™ to a GroupWise e-mail system. The following GroupWise features are supported in Evolution using the GroupWise Connector:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Creation of GroupWise accounts</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Access to GroupWise mailboxes</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Calendar</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Address Book</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Tasks</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Posted Calendar items</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Autocompletion of Contact names</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="bs4tpft">
+ <title>Configuring Evolution for GroupWise</title>
+ <para>In order to have the best support for GroupWise in Evolution, you should immediately upgrade Evolution to 2.0.</para>
+ <para>If this is your first time starting Evolution, the Evolution Account Assistant window appears. If the Evolution Account Assistant window does not appear, click Tools > Settings, then click Mail Accounts. </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="brugnl1">
+ <para>Click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul5zm">
+ <para>Type your full name and e-mail address in the appropriate fields.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul6x4">
+ <para>(Optional) Type your Reply To address and your organization in the appropriate fields.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul75e">
+ <para>Select your default signature.</para>
+ <para>or</para>
+ <para>Click Add New Signature to add a signature.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul7u4">
+ <para>Select GroupWise as the server type.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul803">
+ <para>Type your hostname and username in the appropriate fields.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brul8hd">
+ <para>Select your security and authentication options.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvz9su">
+ <para>Click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvz9uz">
+ <para>Select how to check for new mail.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzaky">
+ <para>Specify your Post Office Agent address.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsj58yl">
+ <para>If your POA is configured to use a different port number, specify the correct port number in the appropriate field.</para>
+ <para>The Post Office Agent SOAP field displays the port number on which the Evolution client communicates with the Post Office Agent (POA). This is the same port number that the POA uses for HTTP communication, which by default is 7181.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzb06">
+ <para>Click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsj5a77">
+ <para>Select either SMTP or Sendmail as your sending method.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsj5az8">
+ <para>If you selected SMTP, specify your host address, specify if your server requires authentication, and specify any security and authentication settings, then click Forward.</para>
+ <para>or</para>
+ <para>If you selected Sendmail, click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzhi2">
+ <para>Type your Account Name in the Name field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzhs5">
+ <para>Click Forward.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brvzhvz">
+ <para>Click Apply. </para>
+ <para>The account screen appears, displaying your new Novell GroupWise account.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="brw11e1">
+ <para>Click Close to return to Evolution.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="usage-exchange">
+ <title>Connecting to Exchange Servers</title>
+ <para>The Evolution™ Connector for Microsoft Exchange allows Evolution clients to access accounts on Microsoft Exchange 2000 servers. It is available through Red Carpet in its own channel. Like Evolution, it is free software and licensed under the GPL. </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="new-in-connector">What's New in Connector 2.0</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="features">Connector Features</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="install">Installing the Connector</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="exchange-configure">Adding your Exchange Account to Evolution</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="access">Accessing the Exchange Server</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="exchange-settings">Setting Exclusive to the Exchange Connector</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="full-advantage">Scheduling Appointments with Free/Busy</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <important>
+ <para>Evolution Connector works only with Exchange 2000 and later, and requires that Outlook Web Access be enabled. Each user needs a valid Microsoft Exchange server account, including license.</para>
+ </important>
+
+ <section id="features">
+ <title>Connector Features</title>
+ <para>Evolution Connector supports the following basic Microsoft Exchange features: </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>General </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Remote Exchange Information Store</para>
+ <para>Allows you to access mail, address book (including the Global Address List folder), and calendars, and task folders on an Exchange 2000 server from Evolution.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Palm Synchronization</para>
+ <para>Supported for Contacts and Calendars on Exchange.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Password Management</para>
+ <para>To change your password, go to the Exchange tool and click Actions > Change Exchange Password. If your password has expired, Evolution asks you to change your password when you start up.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Mail </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Viewing Mail in Exchange Folders</para>
+ <para>Mail stored on the Exchange server is visible in the Mail and Exchange tools in Evolution. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Sending E-Mail via Exchange Protocols</para>
+ <para>You might use the Microsoft Exchange mail transport protocol to send e-mail. Make sure that the address you have entered as your e-mail address is exactly the one that the Exchange server has on file. This may be “yourname exchange-server your_domain com” rather than “yourname your_domain com”.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Calendar </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Meeting Request/Proposal</para>
+ <para>Allows Evolution users to schedule meetings and view attendee availability for other users (Evolution or Outlook users) on Exchange.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Adding iCalendar Meeting Requests to the Calendar</para>
+ <para>If you receive an iCalendar meeting request and add it to your calendar, it is saved to your Exchange calendar.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Contacts </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Address Completion</para>
+ <para>Supported for your Exchange Contacts folder. Not yet supported for the Global Address List.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Adding vCards to the Address Book</para>
+ <para>If you receive a VCard attachment and click Save in Address Book, it is saved to your Exchange address book.</para>
+ <para>New Address Book entries can be created on Exchange from received e-mail messages with a single click</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>There are, however, some features that are not available:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Work Offline (disconnected mode). </para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Recall Message function. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="install">
+ <title>Installing the Connector</title>
+ <para>To install the Evolution Connector, run Red Carpet by clicking System > Get Software. Subscribe to the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange channel, select the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange 2000, then click the Install button. You can also install the Connector by downloading the individual packages from ftp.ximian.com if you wish.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="exchange-configure">
+ <title>Adding your Exchange Account to Evolution</title>
+ <para>After you have installed the Connector, you need to set up access for your Exchange account on both the Exchange server and within Evolution.</para>
+
+ <section id="config-server">
+ <title>Exchange Server Settings</title>
+ <para>Check with your system administrator to ensure that: </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para> You have a valid account on the Exchange server.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>You are permitted to access the account with WebDAV. This is the default setting for the Exchange server, so unless your system administrator has specifically turned it off, no changes should be necessary.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>The Novell Web site knowledgebase, at <ulink url="http://support.novell.com";>support.novell.com</ulink>, has additional information about checking to make sure that your Exchange server accepts connections from Evolution.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-client">
+ <title>Standard Configuration Tool for Evolution Connector</title>
+ <para>When you know that your server is ready for you to connect, you are ready to add your Exchange account to Evolution Connector.</para>
+
+ <section id="config-easy">
+ <title>Simple Configuration Tool for Evolution Connector</title>
+ <para>Evolution Connector 1.4 comes with a simple account creation tool for some installations. Other installations require the standard account tool described in <link linkend="config-client">Standard Configuration Tool for Evolution Connector</link> below.</para>
+ <para>If you have no accounts configured, the simple assistant starts when you start Evolution. It asks only for the name of your Outlook Web Access server, and your username and password. Evolution Connector determines the remaining information on its own.</para>
+ <para>If the simple account tool does not run automatically, create an account as described below.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-exchange-new-account">
+ <title>Creating a New Exchange Account</title>
+ <para>If you would like to create a new account for your Exchange server:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bshnbof">
+ <para>Click Tools > Mail Settings.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshnbsi">
+ <para>Click Accounts List, then click Add.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshnbxz">
+ <para>Create the account following the procedure in <link linkend="usage-mainwindow-starting">Starting Evolution for the First Time</link>.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-exchange-existing-account">
+ <title>Changing an Existing Account to Work with Exchange</title>
+ <para>If you have an existing e-mail account, and want to convert it to use for Exchange, select the account you want to convert and click Edit. </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bshngg7">
+ <para>Click the Identity tab, change your e-mail address as needed.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="bs4aw7j">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-identity.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshngsm">
+ <para>Click the Receiving Mail tab, then select Microsoft Exchange as your server type. </para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshnh8h">
+ <para>Type the name of your mail server, your user name, and select whether to use SSL.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="bs4aw7k">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-receive.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshnhvg">
+ <para>Click the Receiving Options tab, then specify how often to check for new mail, your Global Catalog server name, your Exchange Mailbox name, your OWA path, your public folder server, and whether to apply filters to messages in your Inbox.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="bs4aw7l">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-receive-options.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshnjw0">
+ <para>Click the Sending Mail tab, then select Microsoft Exchange as your server type.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshnkd2">
+ <para>Specify the server name.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshnkk6">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshnkmu">
+ <para>Quit Evolution and start it up again. Changes to the Evolution Connector accounts configuration are not active until you have restarted the application.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="access">
+ <title>Accessing the Exchange Server</title>
+ <para>When you have installed the Connector, an Exchange button is available in the shortcut bar. The Exchange tool is used only to access public folders and to perform certain Exchange actions like delegation and password management. Use the regular Mail tool for mail, the Contacts tool for contacts, and the Calendar tool for your schedule.</para>
+ <para>If you are using both an Exchange account and a local mail account, you should be aware that whenever you save an e-mail address or appointment from an e-mail message, it is saved in your Exchange contacts list or calendar, rather than in your local account. The same is true of synchronization with Palm OS devices; tasks, appointments, and addresses from your Palm OS device are synchronized with those in the Exchange folders rather than local folders. </para>
+ <para>To avoid unnecessary strain on the server, the GAL will appear empty until you have searched for something in it. If you want to display all the cards in the list, click in the search box and press Enter. This enters a blank search, and every card appears.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="exchange-settings">
+ <title>Setting Exclusive to the Exchange Connector</title>
+ <para>There are two items in the Evolution preferences window that are available only with Evolution Connector. The first is delegation and permissions handling, and the second is the creation of “Out of Office” messages.</para>
+
+ <section id="exchange-delegate">
+ <title>Access Delegation</title>
+ <para>You can allow other people in your organization's Global Address List to access your calendar, address book, and messages, and they can let you manage theirs. Delegation allows people to do anything from check on each other's schedules to completely manage their personal information.</para>
+
+ <section id="exchange-delegate-to-others">
+ <title>Delegating Access to Others</title>
+ <para>To add someone to your list of delegates, click Add and select them from the Global Address List. When delegating you can grant different levels of access to different types of data. You can also decide whether the access you grant applies to items marked Private, or only to public items.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="bs4aw7m">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-delegation.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para>For each of the four types of folder, you can select one of the following levels of access:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbg9j6">
+ <title>None: </title>
+ <para>Do not allow this person to access any folders of this type.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbg9oa">
+ <title>Reviewer (read-only): </title>
+ <para>Allow the person to see items in this type of folder, but not create new items or edit existing items.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbg9ts">
+ <title>Author (read, create): </title>
+ <para>The delegate can view items in your folders, and can create new items, but cannot change any existing items.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbg9yy">
+ <title>Editor (read, create, edit): </title>
+ <para>The delegate can view, create, and change items in your folders.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="exchange-delegated-to-you">
+ <title>Acting as a Delegate for Others</title>
+ <para>To see the list of people who have granted you access to their folders, click the Acting as a Delegate tab in the Exchange Delegation settings window. If you plan to send e-mail on behalf of someone, select the check box next to the name, and an e-mail identity is created. You can then select that identity in the From list in your message composer.</para>
+ <para>To access the folders delegated to you: </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bshok43">
+ <para>Click File > Open > Other User's Folder.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshokwk">
+ <para>Specify the e-mail address of the user who has delegated to you, or click User to select the user from your address book.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshol98">
+ <para>Select the folder you want to open.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsholc3">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>Folders delegated to you appear in your folder list inside a folder labeled with the name of its owner. For example, if Martha Thompson delegates folders to you, you will see a folder called Martha Thompson's Folders in the folder tree at the same level as your Personal Folders and Public Folders. </para>
+ <para>If the folder fails to open properly, check with the folder owner to make sure that you have been granted the correct access permissions.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="exchange-out-of-office">
+ <title>Setting an Out of Office Message</title>
+ <para>An Out of Office message is an automatic reply that you can send as a reply to e-mails, explaining why you aren't immediately responding to their messages. For example, if you go on vacation for a week and will be away from e-mail, you can set an automatic reply so that people who write to you know that you aren’t ignoring them.</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsbgb7t">
+ <para>Click Tools > Settings, then click Out of Office.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbgbe3">
+ <para>Click I Am Currently Out of the Office. </para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbgbi0">
+ <para>Type a short message in the text field.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbgbl5">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>Your message will be sent automatically to anyone who sends you mail until you return and click I Am Currently in the Office.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="full-advantage">
+ <title>Scheduling Appointments with Free/Busy</title>
+ <para>When you schedule a meeting with your calendar on the Exchange server, you can check when other local Exchange users are busy according to their Exchange calendars. To do so:</para>
+ <informalfigure id="bs4aw7n">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/schedule.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para>Reminders for appointments in your Exchange calendar do not work until you have run Evolution at least once after logging in. This is different from locally stored reminders, which work from the moment you log in, regardless of whether you have run Evolution in the session. </para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsbgc5a">
+ <para>Open a new appointment in the calendar.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbgc8b">
+ <para>Click Actions > Schedule Meeting.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbgccj">
+ <para>Add attendees, either by entering their e-mail addresses into the list, or by clicking the Invite Others button. </para>
+ <para>If you choose to do this, it's best to use the Global Address List (GAL). Choose the GAL from the drop-down list of address sources at the top of the dialog box.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbgcft">
+ <para>Click Options, then Update Free/Busy to check participant schedules and, if possible, update the meeting in all participants' calendars.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>If meeting attendees are not available during the times you have scheduled a meeting, you can “nudge” the meeting forward or backward to the nearest available time. To do so, just click the arrows to the left or right of the Autopick button. The Autopick tool moves the meeting to the nearest time during which all attendees are available. If you aren’t satisfied with those results, you can drag the edges of the meeting time to the hours that you want to select.</para>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="config-prefs">
+ <title>Advanced Configuration</title>
+ <para>Perhaps your mail server has changed names. Perhaps you've grown tired of a certain layout for your appointments. Whatever the reason, you want to change your Evolution™ settings. This section will tell you how to do just that.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity">Working with Mail Accounts</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshoq5l">Autocompletion</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="config-prefs-mail">Mail Preferences</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer">Composer Preferences</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="config-prefs-cal">Calendar and Tasks Settings</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="config-prefs-contact">Directory Servers</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshoty0">Certificates</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>You can reach the Evolution settings window by clicking Tools > Settings, no matter where you are in Evolution. On the left half of the settings window is a column, similar to the Evolution shortcut bar, that lets you choose which portion of Evolution to customize. The right half of the window is where you’ll make your actual changes.</para>
+ <informalfigure id="config-prefs-mail-fig">
+ <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/config-mail.png"/></imageobject></mediaobject>
+
+ </informalfigure>
+ <para>There are six items you can customize. From top to bottom, they are:</para>
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Mail Accounts</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Add or change information about your e-mail accounts: the servers to which you connect, the way you download mail, your password authentication mode, and so forth. This is the most complex item in the list, and is covered in <link linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity">Working with Mail Accounts</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Autocompletion</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Set the contact groups to be used when completing e-mail addresses in the message composer. For more information, see <link linkend="bshoq5l">Autocompletion</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Mail Preferences</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>These are overall mail reading preferences: display settings, notification options, security, and so forth. Settings that vary per account are in the Mail Accounts tool, described in <link linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity">Working with Mail Accounts</link>, but most of the mail settings are in <link linkend="config-prefs-mail">Mail Preferences</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Composer Preferences</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Settings for the way that you use the mail composer: shortcuts, signatures, spelling, and so forth. This includes the ability to substitute graphical smiley-faces for “emoticons” such as :) that many people use in e-mail. This tool is covered in <link linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer">Composer Preferences</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Calendar and Tasks</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Here, you can set the way the calendar behaves, including your time zone and the length of your work week. For more information, see <link linkend="config-prefs-cal">Calendar and Tasks Settings</link>. </para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><emphasis>Certificates</emphasis></term>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Certificate handling for S/MIME security systems. For more information, see <link linkend="bshoty0">Certificates</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ <para>Previous versions of Evolution included directory servers, folder settings, and Exchange delegation in the settings tool. Directory servers can now be set up as contacts groups in the Contacts tool, you can change folder settings in the folder right-click menu, and Exchange delegation is available in the Actions menu of the Exchange tool. </para>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-mail-identity">
+ <title>Working with Mail Accounts</title>
+ <para>Evolution allows you to maintain multiple accounts, or identities. When you are writing an e-mail message, you can which account to use by selecting from the drop-down list next to the From entry in the message composer. </para>
+ <para>Clicking Send/Receive checks all mail sources that are not disabled. If you don't want to check mail for a given account, select it in the Mail Accounts tab and click the Disable button. </para>
+ <para>To add a new account, click Add to open the mail configuration assistant. To alter an existing account, select it in the Preferences window, and then click Edit to open the account editor dialog.</para>
+ <para>The account editor dialog box has six sections:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhdwn">
+ <title>Identity: </title>
+ <para>Specify the name and e-mail address for this account. You can also choose a default signature to insert into messages sent from this account.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhe10">
+ <title>Receiving Mail: </title>
+ <para>Select the way you receive mail: you can download mail from a server (<link linkend="pop">POP</link>), read and keep it on the server (Microsoft Exchange, Novell GroupWise®, or <link linkend="imap">IMAP</link>), or read it from files that already exist on your desktop computer. Your server require you to use a Secure Socket Layer (SSL) connection. You can select Always, Whenever Possible, or Never as your SSL choice. If one doesn’t work, try another.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>Your system administrator might ask you to connect to a specific port on a mail server. To specify which port you use, just type a colon and the port number after the server name. For example, to connect to port 143 on the server smtp.omniport.com, specify smtp.omniport.com:143 as the server name.</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhezv">
+ <title>Receiving Options: </title>
+ <para>Decide you want to check for mail automatically and how often, as well as setting other message retrieval options. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>If you select POP as your method of receiving mail:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhg72">
+ <title>Checking for New Mail: </title>
+ <para>If you want Evolution to check for new mail automatically, select this option and specify a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhgbi">
+ <title>Leaving Messages on Server: </title>
+ <para>If you want to store copies of your mail on the server, select this option.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhgg1">
+ <title>Disable Support for All POP3 Extensions: </title>
+ <para>Some e-mail servers refuse to work with the extended POP3 command set; select this option to have Evolution use a more limited set of interactions with the server. If your server periodically drops your connection, this option may help.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>If you selected Microsoft Exchange as your method of receiving mail:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhis9">
+ <title>Checking for New Mail: </title>
+ <para>If you want Evolution to check for new mail automatically, select this option and specify a frequency in minutes.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhivn">
+ <title>Global Catalog Server Name: </title>
+ <para>Specify the name of your Global Catalog server to create a folder for your organization's Global Address List.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhj13">
+ <title>Limit Number of Responses: </title>
+ <para>Select a maximum number of results for an address search. Lowering the maximum number decreases the load on your system and on your network. Most servers do not send more than 1000 results, regardless of the value you select here.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhj5l">
+ <title>Mailbox Name: </title>
+ <para>Specify your mailbox name.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhj9g">
+ <title>OWA Path: </title>
+ <para>Specify the path used with Outlook Web Access on your server.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhjel">
+ <title>Public Folder Server: </title>
+ <para>Specify the name of your public folder server, if it differs from your Exchange server.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhjj7">
+ <title>Apply Filters to New Messages in Inbox on This Server: </title>
+ <para>Select this option if you want to apply filters to this account.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>If you selected IMAP as your method of receiving mail:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhjt4">
+ <title>Checking for New Mail: </title>
+ <para>If you want Evolution to check for new mail automatically, select this option and specify a frequency in minutes. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhjwx">
+ <title>Check All IMAP Folders: </title>
+ <para>If you want Evolution to check for new messages in all your IMAP folders, select Check for New Messages in All Folders.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhkee">
+ <title>Show Only Subscribed Folders: </title>
+ <para>Select this option if you have more folders in your IMAP view than you want to read.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhkj2">
+ <title>Override Server-Supplied Namespace: </title>
+ <para>You can specify a specific directory where your server stores mail for you. Typical values are “mail” and “Mail”. For more information about how to use IMAP mail, see <link linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions">IMAP Subscriptions Manager</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhkpi">
+ <title>Apply Filters to New Messages in the Inbox on This Server: </title>
+ <para>You want your filters to work on this account, select this option.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>If you chose GroupWise as your method of receiving mail:</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhkxv">
+ <title>Checking for New Mail: </title>
+ <para>If you want Evolution to check for new mail automatically, select this option and specify a frequency in minutes. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhl3t">
+ <title>Check all GroupWise folders: </title>
+ <para>If you want Evolution to check for new messages in all your GroupWise folders, select Check for New Messages in All Folders.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhl8n">
+ <title>Apply Filters to New Messages in the Inbox on This Server: </title>
+ <para>If you want your filters to work on this account, select this option.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhljh">
+ <title>Automatically Synchronize Remote Mail Locally: </title>
+ <para>This setting downloads all mail immediately, instead of waiting until you try to open the message. This setting makes Evolution slower at first, but faster after the download. Not selecting it means that Evolution takes longer to display each additional message, but does not waste time trying to download every single message.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhlo0">
+ <title>Post Office Agent SOAP Port: </title>
+ <para>If your post office agent uses a SOAP port other than the default, specify it here. The SOAP port is what allows Evolution to access the GroupWise address book and calendar. Your system administrator knows the port. If there are not many Linux users in your organization, you might also need to request that the SOAP service be enabled.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhltb">
+ <title>Sending Mail: </title>
+ <para>Use this section to choose and configure a method for sending mail. You can choose <link linkend="smtp">SMTP</link>, Microsoft Exchange (if you have installed the Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange) or <link linkend="sendmail">Sendmail</link>.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>If you choose Exchange or Sendmail, you're done with this page. However, SMTP offers you a choice of hostname, connection security level, and authentication type, which you will recognize as similar to those for IMAP and POP servers in the Receiving Mail tab.</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhn0t">
+ <title>Defaults: </title>
+ <para>Use this section to set where this account stores the messages that it has sent, and the messages that you save as drafts. If you want to revert to the default settings, click Restore Defaults.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>If you want to send someone a copy of every message from this account, select either Always Carbon-Copy (Cc) To: or Always Blind Carbon-Copy (Bcc) To:, and specify one or more addresses.</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhndi">
+ <title>Security: </title>
+ <para>Use this section to set the security options for this account. If you use encryption, enter your PGP key ID (see <link linkend="encryption">Encryption</link> for more information) and select among the four options to determine key and signature handling.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bshoq5l">
+ <title>Autocompletion</title>
+ <para>The Autocompletion tool lets you choose address books will auto complete names for you. This fuctionality requires accessibility to each of the address books you want to use. To enable autocompletion, select each of the address books you want to have auto complete in the Autocompletion page.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-mail">
+ <title>Mail Preferences</title>
+ <para>The Mail Preferences tool lets you choose how to display citations, how long to wait before marking a message as read, and other mail display settings. </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="config-prefs-mail-general">General Mail Settings</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="mail-prefs-html">HTML Mail Preferences</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="mail-prefs-colors">Mail Color Preferences</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="mail-prefs-headers">Mail Header Preferences</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="mail-prefs-junk">Junk Mail Preferences</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ <para>For information on individual e-mail account settings, see <link linkend="config-prefs-mail-identity">Working with Mail Accounts</link>.</para>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-mail-general">
+ <title>General Mail Settings</title>
+ <para>The General page has the following options:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhnw0">
+ <title>Message Fonts: </title>
+ <para>Normally, Evolution uses the same fonts as other GNOME applications. To choose different fonts, unselect Use the Same Fonts as Other Applications and select one font for standard typefaces and a second for monospace, terminal, or display. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbho3f">
+ <title>Message Display: </title>
+ <para>Choose how long you want to wait before marking a message read, how to highlight quotations, and the default encoding.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhq3y">
+ <title>Deleting Mail: </title>
+ <para>Choose whether to delete messages automatically when quitting Evolution, and whether you wish to explicitly confirm the final deletion of messages. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhq7t">
+ <title>New Mail Notifications: </title>
+ <para>Evolution can alert you to the arrival of new mail with a beep or by playing a sound file. Choose your alert noise, or select none, as you prefer. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="mail-prefs-html">
+ <title>HTML Mail Preferences</title>
+ <para>The HTML Mail page has the following options:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhqot">
+ <title>Show Animated Images: </title>
+ <para>Turn animation on or off here. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhquu">
+ <title>Prompt When Sending HTML Messages to Contacts That Don't Want Them: </title>
+ <para>Some people do not like HTML mail, and you can set Evolution to warn you of this preference. This warning appears only when you send HTML mail to people in your contacts who are listed as disliking HTML. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhr9p">
+ <title>Loading Images: </title>
+ <para>You can embed a image in an e-mail and have it load only when the message arrives. However, spammers can use image loading patterns to confirm “live” addresses and invade your privacy. You can elect to never load images automatically, to load images only if the sender is in your contacts, or always load images. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>If you have chosen not to load images automatically, you can choose to see the images in one message at a time by selecting View > Message Display Load Images. </para>
+ <para>The Colors tab lets you select different color labels for individual messages. You can return to the default settings by clicking Restore Defaults.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="mail-prefs-colors">
+ <title>Mail Color Preferences</title>
+ <para>The Mail Color preferences tool lets you select color labels for different kinds of messages. Click a color to change the color, or change the label associated with that color. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="mail-prefs-headers">
+ <title>Mail Header Preferences</title>
+ <para>The headers on an incoming message are the information about the message that isn't the content of the message itself, such as the sender, the time it was sent. Select the options here to show or hide different amounts of information about the messages you read. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="mail-prefs-junk">
+ <title>Junk Mail Preferences</title>
+ <para>There are only two items in this section: Check Incoming Mail for Junk and Include Remote Tests. Checking for junk mail uses the SpamAssassin tool with trainable Bayesian filters. It also includes online tests, like checking for blacklisted message senders and ISPs. Online tests can make filtering slower, but more accurate. Select the options here to choose your mail filtering method. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-mail-composer">
+ <title>Composer Preferences</title>
+ <para>There are three pages for settings you can change for the message composer. The General page covers shortcuts and assorted behavior, the Signature page controls your signature, and the Spell Checking page controls spell checking. </para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshpixy">General</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshpjpl">Signature</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshpjuj">Spell Checking</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="bshpixy">
+ <title>General</title>
+ <para>In the General page, you can set the following options:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhs8n">
+ <title>Default Behavior: </title>
+ <para>Choose how you will normally forward and reply messages, what character set they will use, whether they will be in HTML, and whether that HTML can contain graphic emoticons.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhsf6">
+ <title>Alerts: </title>
+ <para>There are two optional alerts you can select:</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbht5d">
+ <title>Prompt When Sending Messages With an Empty Subject Line:</title>
+ <para> The composer warns you if you try to send a message without a subject. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhto4">
+ <title>Prompt When Sending Messages with Only Bcc Recipients Defined:</title>
+ <para> The composer warns you if you try to send a message that has only Bcc recipients. This is important because some mail servers fail to transmit blind carbon copy if you do not have at least one recipient that is visible to all readers. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bshpjpl">
+ <title>Signature</title>
+ <para>The signature editor allows you to create several different signatures in plain text or in HTML, and to specify which of them will be added to e-mail you create in the message composer. If you prefer to use an alternate signature or none at all, you can select it from the mail composer itself.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bshpjuj">
+ <title>Spell Checking</title>
+ <para>To choose a spell-checking language, select it here. You must install the gnome-spell package, available through Red Carpet, for spell-checking to be available in Evolution. Additional dictionaries are also available through Red Carpet and are detected automatically if you have installed them. To have the composer automatically check your spelling while you type, select Check Spelling While I Type.</para>
+ <para>Check the spelling of messages by clicking Edit > Spell Check Document. </para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-cal">
+ <title>Calendar and Tasks Settings</title>
+ <para>The calendar configuration tool has two pages General and Display.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshpskx">General</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshpsxa">Display</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="bshpskx">
+ <title>General</title>
+ <para>The General page lets you set the following options:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhukf">
+ <title>Time Zone: </title>
+ <para>The city you’re located in, to specify your time zone. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhup9">
+ <title>Time Format: </title>
+ <para>Choose between twelve-hour (AM/PM) and twenty-four hour time formats. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhuut">
+ <title>Week Starts: </title>
+ <para>Select the day to display as the first in each week.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhuzl">
+ <title>Day Begins: </title>
+ <para>For Evolution, a normal work day begins at 9 a.m. and ends at 5 p.m. You can select your preferred hours to make sure that all your events are displayed properly. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhv3n">
+ <title>Day Ends: </title>
+ <para>Sets the end of a normal workday. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhv7r">
+ <title>Alerts: </title>
+ <para>If you want to be warned before you delete any appointment, or to have a reminder automatically appear for each event, select the options here. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bshpsxa">
+ <title>Display</title>
+ <para>The Display page lets you choose how your appointments and tasks appear in your calendar.</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhvoy">
+ <title>Time Divisions: </title>
+ <para>Sets the time increments shown as fine lines on the daily view in the calendar. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhvt1">
+ <title>Show Appointment End Times In Week and Month Views: </title>
+ <para>If there is space, Evolution shows the end times in the week and month views for each appointment. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhw0r">
+ <title>Compress Weekends In Month View: </title>
+ <para>Select this option to display weekends in one box, instead of one for each day in the month view. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhw7p">
+ <title>Show Week Numbers In Date Navigator: </title>
+ <para>Shows the week numbers next to the respective weeks in the calendar. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhwdz">
+ <title>Tasks Due Today: </title>
+ <para>Select the color for tasks due today. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhwj5">
+ <title>Overdue Tasks: </title>
+ <para>Select the color for overdue tasks. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhwnw">
+ <title>Hide Completed Tasks: </title>
+ <para>Select this option to have completed tasks hidden after a period of time measured in days, hours, or minutes. If you don't select this option, completed tasks remain in your task list, marked as complete. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="config-prefs-contact">
+ <title>Directory Servers</title>
+ <para>There are two main tasks for configuring contact information. Autocompletion settings are available in the main settings tool. The other major contact configuration task is creating new contact list. </para>
+ <para>To add a new contact list, either local or remote:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bsbhwyr">
+ <para>Click Contacts.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbhx27">
+ <para>Click the down-arrow next to New.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbhxhp">
+ <para>Select Contact List.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbhxk3">
+ <para>Type a name and location for the contact group.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbhxqx">
+ <para>Click Forward.</para>
+ <para>If the contact group is stored locally, you do not need to provide any further information. Click OK.</para>
+ <para>or</para>
+ <para> If you are creating an <link linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> server, enter the server information as requested by the assistant:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhyuo">
+ <title>Server Name: </title>
+ <para>Internet address of the contact server you are using. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhzhh">
+ <title>Login Method: </title>
+ <para>Specify whether your login is anonymous, using an e-mail address, or a distinguished name. If the login is not anonymous, specify the e-mail address or distinguished name (DN) required by the server. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhznl">
+ <title>Port: </title>
+ <para>The Internet port Evolution connects to in order to access the LDAP database. This is normally 389. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbhzwi">
+ <title>Use SSL/TLS: </title>
+ <para>SSL and TLS are security mechanisms. If you select Always, Evolution does not connect unless secure connections are available. The default value is Whenever Possible, which uses secure connections if they are available, but does not cause failure if they are not. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi06q">
+ <title>Search Base: </title>
+ <para>The <link linkend="search-base">search base</link> is the starting point for a directory search. Contact your network administrator for information about the correct settings. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi0ns">
+ <title>Search Scope: </title>
+ <para>The <link linkend="search-scope">search scope</link> is the breadth of a given search. The following options are available: </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi0vz">
+ <title>One:</title>
+ <para> Searches the Search Base and one entry below it. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi1af">
+ <title>Sub: </title>
+ <para>Searches the Search Base and all entries below it. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi1gc">
+ <title>Timeout (minutes): </title>
+ <para>The maximum time Evolution attempts to download data from the server before giving up. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi1os">
+ <title>Download Limit: </title>
+ <para>The maximum number of results for a given search. Most servers refuse to send more than 500, but you can set the number lower if you want to shorten downloads for very broad searches. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi1um">
+ <title>Display Name: </title>
+ <para>The name to label this folder. It can be any name you choose. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bsbi2rh">
+ <para>Click Apply.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bshoty0">
+ <title>Certificates</title>
+ <para>Evolution allows you to add certificates for yourself as well as for contacts. This allows you to communicate with others securely over an encryted connection, or sign a message confirming your identity to the contact. </para>
+ <formalpara id="bshov9m">
+ <title>Your Certificates: </title>
+ <para>The Your Certificates tab displays a list of certificates that you own. You can import, view, backup and delete your certificates from this tab.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshovvp">
+ <title>Contact Certificates: </title>
+ <para>The Contact Certificates tab displays a list of certificates that you have for contacts. These certificates allow you to decrypt messages as well verify signed messages. You can import, view, edit, and delete your contact certificates from this tab.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bshowu7">
+ <title>Authorities: </title>
+ <para>The Authorities tab displays a list of trusted certificate authorities who verify that the certificate you have is valid. You can import, view, edit, and delete certificate authorities from this tab.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <chapter id="config-sync">
+ <title>Synchronizing Your Handheld Device</title>
+ <para>Synchronization presents you with two issues you need to address. First, your computer needs to recognize and access your handheld. At this time, Evolution™ only supports Palm OS devices like the PalmPilot and the Handspring Visor. Secondly, you should decide what sort of synchronization behavior you want.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshq58g">Enabling Synchronization</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshq7hl">Selecting Conduits</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="bshq2qn">Synchronizing Information</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="bshq58g">
+ <title>Enabling Synchronization</title>
+ <para>If you haven’t used a handheld device with your computer before, you need to run the GNOME Control Center by clicking System > Settings, and make sure that Pilot Link is properly configured. Make sure that you have read and write permissions on the device, which is normally n /dev/pilot. If that does not work, check in /dev/ttyS0 if you have a serial connection, or in /dev/ttyUSB0 for a USB connection. You can do this by becoming root and running the command chmod 777 /dev/ttyUSB0.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bshq7hl">
+ <title>Selecting Conduits</title>
+ <para>Once your computer and your Palm OS device are communicating, select the <link linkend="conduit">conduits</link> you want under the Pilot Conduits section of the Control Center. You can use conduits to synchronize data with several applications; the Evolution conduits are labeled EAddress, for the contacts in your address book, ECalendar, for your calendar, and ETodo, for your task list.</para>
+ <para>Click Enable, then click Settings to change what it does when activated. Your options may vary depending on the conduit, but typically they are as follows:</para>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi551">
+ <title>Disabled: </title>
+ <para>Do nothing.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi5aa">
+ <title>Synchronize: </title>
+ <para>Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and from the handheld to the computer. Remove items that were on both systems but have been deleted on one.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi5es">
+ <title>Copy From Pilot: </title>
+ <para>If there is any new data on the handheld device, copy it to the computer.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi5k1">
+ <title>Copy To Pilot: </title>
+ <para>Copy new data from the computer to the handheld. </para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi5oo">
+ <title>Merge From Pilot: </title>
+ <para>Copy new data from the computer to the handheld, and remove any information from the handheld that has been deleted on the computer.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <formalpara id="bsbi5z5">
+ <title>Merge to Pilot: </title>
+ <para>Copy new data from the handheld to the computer, and remove any information from the computer that has been deleted on the handheld.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ <para>Select the behavior you want for each conduit you choose to use. If you're not sure, use with Synchronize.</para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="bshq2qn">
+ <title>Synchronizing Information</title>
+ <para>Use the following procedure to synchronize the data on your Palm OS device with the data you store in Evolution.</para>
+ <para>If you want to backup your information before synchronizing, make a copy of the <command>evolution</command> directory inside your home directory.</para>
+
+ <section id="bshq3ip">
+ <title>Using HotSync</title>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bshq1vg">
+ <para>Put your handheld device in its cradle an press the HotSync button.</para>
+ <para>If you use Palm OS v. 4.0 and have password protection turned on for your handheld device, you may encounter trouble synchronizing. If this happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld, synchronize it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable password protection on your handheld.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>If you have followed the setup instructions properly, your Palm OS device will synchronize data with Evolution.</para>
+ </section>
+ </section>
+ </chapter>
+
+ <appendix id="outlook-migration">
+ <title>Migration from Outlook to Evolution</title>
+ <para>If you are using Microsoft Outlook, but not Microsoft Exchange, this section helps you switch to Evolution.</para>
+
+ <section id="outlook-migration-mail">
+ <title>Migrating Local Outlook Mail Folders</title>
+ <para>Exchange and IMAP mail is stored on the server, so you do not need to migrate it to your Linux partition. However, if you have stored mail on your computer, you might want to make it accessible to Evolution.</para>
+ <para>First, while using Windows, prepare your messages for import:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bshqe24">
+ <para>Clean up your mail. Delete messages and folders you do not need, and click File > Folders > Properties > Advanced > Compact to erase old, deleted messages from your PST file.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqe4g">
+ <para>If you nest your folders one inside another, you might want to rename subfolders so that you can tell which folder they belong to. You must re-nest them after you load them into Evolution.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqe6i">
+ <para>Import the files into Mozilla Mail (or another mailer, such as Netscape or Eudora, that uses the standard mbox format). Linux mailers cannot do this task, because it requires a library available only under Windows. In Mozilla, import by selecting Window Mail & Newsgroups Tools Import.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqe8a">
+ <para>Mozilla creates a set of files in the directory<command> Windows\Application_Data\Mozilla\Profiles\(UserName)\(Random Letters)\Mail\Local Folders\OutlookMail\</command>. The data files are those that have no file extension.</para>
+ <para>If you are using Windows XP or Windows 2000, your Windows hard drive is probably in the NTFS format, which some Linux systems cannot read without additional software. You may find it simpler to copy the mail folders to a different drive or to burn a CD.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>To create new folders for your files.</para>
+ <para>When you have your mail in a format Evolution can understand, reboot to Linux. Then continue with the following procedure:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bshqeej">
+ <para>Mount your Windows drive or the disk where you saved the mail files.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqegg">
+ <para>Copy all the mail files into your home directory or another convenient place.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqeia">
+ <para>Start Evolution.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqejx">
+ <para>Press Shift+Ctrl+F or select File > New Folder to create the folders you want.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ <para>To import the data files:</para>
+ <procedure>
+ <step id="bshqep7">
+ <para>In Evolution, open the File Import assistant by clicking File > Import.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqera">
+ <para>Click Next, then select Import a single file.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqesz">
+ <para>Leave the file type as Automatic, then click Browse to select the data file. </para>
+ <para>Remember, the data files are the files that have no file extension.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqeuv">
+ <para>Select the folder where you want to put the imported data file.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqg85">
+ <para>Click OK.</para>
+ </step>
+ <step id="bshqex9">
+ <para>Repeat the import steps until you have imported all your mail.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </section>
+ </appendix>
+
+ <appendix id="menuref">
+ <title>Quick Reference</title>
+ <para>You can print this section to use it as a quick reference for most of the things you want to do with Evolution™.</para>
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="quickref-open">Opening or Creating Items</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="quickref-mail">Mail Tasks</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="quickref-cal">Calendar</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link linkend="quickref-contact">Address Book</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <section id="quickref-open">
+ <title>Opening or Creating Items</title>
+ <bridgehead>New Item</bridgehead>
+ <para>Press Ctrl+N to open a new item for whatever part of Evolution you’re working in. In mail, this means you’ll create a new message. If you’re looking at your address book, Ctrl+N creates a new contact card, and in the calendar, a new appointment.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Creating a New E-Mail Message</bridgehead>
+ <para>Use File > New > Mail Message or Ctrl+Shift+M. </para>
+ <bridgehead>Creating a New Appointment</bridgehead>
+ <para>Use File > New Appointment or Ctrl+Shift+A.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Entering a New Contact </bridgehead>
+ <para> Double-click in any blank space in the contact manager to create a new address card. You can also use File > New Contact or Ctrl+Shift+C. </para>
+ <bridgehead>Creating a New Task</bridgehead>
+ <para> File > New Task or Ctrl+Shift+T. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="quickref-mail">
+ <title>Mail Tasks</title>
+ <bridgehead>Send and Receive Mail</bridgehead>
+ <para>Press F9, click the Send/Receive button in the toolbar, or choose Actions Send/Receive.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Navigating the Message List with the Keyboard</bridgehead>
+ <para>Press (]) or (.) to jump to the next unread message. ([) or (,) goes to the previous unread message. Use the arrow keys to move up and down in the list of all messages.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Moving the Display Up and Down in the Preview Pane</bridgehead>
+ <para>Press the space bar to move down a page. Press Backspace to move up a page.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Replying To a Message</bridgehead>
+ <para>To reply to the sender of the message only, click Reply in the toolbar, or press Ctrl+R. </para>
+ <para>To reply to the sender and all the other visible recipients of the message, click Reply to All or select the message and press Shift+Ctrl+R. </para>
+ <bridgehead>Forwarding a Message</bridgehead>
+ <para>Select the message or messages you want to forward, then click Forward in the toolbar, or press Ctrl+F.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Opening a Message In a New Window</bridgehead>
+ <para>Double-click the message you want to view, or select it and press Enter or Ctrl+O. </para>
+ <bridgehead>Creating Filters and Virtual Folders</bridgehead>
+ <para>Right-click a message and select Create Rule From Message. You can also create filters and virtual folders in the Tools menu. </para>
+ <bridgehead>Adding a Sender to the Address Book</bridgehead>
+ <para>Right-click a message and select Add Sender to Address Book. You can also right-click on any e-mail address to add it to your address book. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="quickref-cal">
+ <title>Calendar</title>
+ <bridgehead>Creating a New Appointment</bridgehead>
+ <para> Use File > New Appointment or Ctrl+Shift+A. </para>
+ <para>You can also click on any blank spot in the calendar and start typing to create a new appointment entry.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Creating a New Task</bridgehead>
+ <para> Use File > New Task or Ctrl+Shift+T. </para>
+ </section>
+
+ <section id="quickref-contact">
+ <title>Address Book</title>
+ <bridgehead>Editing a Contact</bridgehead>
+ <para>Double-click the contact's address card to change details. </para>
+ <bridgehead>Deleting a Contact</bridgehead>
+ <para>Right-click on a contact, then click Delete or select a contact, then click Delete on the toolbar. </para>
+ <bridgehead>Sending E-Mail To a Contact</bridgehead>
+ <para>Right-click a contact, then click Send Message to Contact.</para>
+ <bridgehead>Creating a New Contact </bridgehead>
+ <para>Double-click in any blank space in the contact manager to create a new address card, or right-click anywhere in the address book and select New Contact. You can also click File > New Contact or press Ctrl+Shift+C </para>
+ </section>
+ </appendix>
+
+ <appendix id="bugs">
+ <title>Known Bugs and Limitations</title>
+ <para>A complete list of feature requests and other issues with Evolution™ is available online in the Ximian® bug tracking system. You can learn more about the Evolution development process at <ulink url="http://developer.ximian.com";>developer.ximian.com</ulink>. </para>
+ <para>Evolution bug tracking is done at the <ulink url="http://bugzillaximian.com";>Ximian® bug tracking System</ulink>. You can use that, or the GNOME Bug Report Tool (known as bug-buddy at the command line) if you find bugs or would like to request new features.</para>
+ <para>If you need additional help with Evolution, visit the Novell support site at <ulink url="http://support.novell.com";>Novell support</ulink>.</para>
+ </appendix>
+
+ <glossary id="apx-gloss">
+ <title>Glossary</title>
+
+ <glossentry id="assistant">
+ <glossterm>Assistant</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A tool that guides a user through a series of steps, usually to configure or set up a program. Equivalent to Wizard and Druid.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="attachment">
+ <glossterm>attachment</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Any file sent with an e-mail. Attachments can be embedded in a message or appended to it.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="automatic-indexing">
+ <glossterm>Automatic indexing</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Pre-downloading procedure that allows Evolution™ to quickly refer to data. It enables faster searches and decreases memory usage for data displays.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="bsi89la">
+ <glossterm>Bcc (Blind Carbon Copy)</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Blind copy recipients (Bcc) receive a copy of an item. Other recipients receive no information about blind copies. Only the sender and the blind copy recipient know that a blind copy was sent. If a recipient replies and chooses Reply to All, the blind copy recipient will not receive the reply.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="cc">
+ <glossterm>Cc (Carbon Copy)</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Carbon copy recipients (CC) receive a copy of an item. CC recipients are users who would benefit from the information in an item, but are not affected by or directly responsible for it. All recipients can see that a carbon copy was sent. They can also see the names of the CC recipients.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="conduit">
+ <glossterm>conduit</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A small application that controls the transfer of data between a handheld device and a desktop computer.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="evolution">
+ <glossterm>Evolution</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The GNOME groupware application.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="execute">
+ <glossterm>execute</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>To run a program. Any file that can be run is called an executable. Evolution can download executable attachments, but before they can be run, the files must be marked as executable with a shell or file manager. This security precaution prevents the automatic or accidental execution of malicious programs. For more information on executables and file permissions, see the documentation for your file manager or shell.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="expunge">
+ <glossterm>expunge</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>When messages are marked for deletion, they remain till they are expunged. When a message is expunged, it is permanently deleted, as long as it was marked for deletion.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="filetree">
+ <glossterm>file tree</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A way of describing a group of files on a computer. The top of the tree is called the root directory, and denoted by <command>/</command>. The rest of the branches spread downward from the root. Don't confuse the root directory with the root account or root's home directory, normally <command>/root</command>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="filter">
+ <glossterm>filter</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Within Evolution, a filter is a method of sorting mail automatically when it's downloaded. You can create filters to perform one or more actions on a message that meets any (or all) of a wide range of criteria.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="forward">
+ <glossterm>forward</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Forwards a copy of the message and any additional comments to a different e-mail address. </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="groupware">
+ <glossterm>groupware</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A term describing an application that helps groups of people work together. Typically, a groupware application has several productivity features built into one program, including e-mail, calendar, and address book tools.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="html">
+ <glossterm>HTML</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Hypertext Markup Language (HTML) is a language for describing page layout in electronic documents such as Web pages, help files, and e-mail messages. HTML can be used in e-mail and news posts to insert images and apply text treatments.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="hot-key">
+ <glossterm>hot key</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Hot keys, also called shortcut keys, are keyboard combinations used to do actions on a computer instead of using the mouse. Hot keys can speed up computer usage.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="ical">
+ <glossterm>iCal</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>iCal is the program which Evolution uses to manage the calendar section.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="imap">
+ <glossterm>IMAP</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Internet Mail Access Protocol. It allows access to e-mail which is typically (although not always) stored remotely on a server rather than on a local hard disk. Often contrasted with POP. </para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="inline">
+ <glossterm>inline</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Displayed as part of a message or other document, rather than attached as a separate file. Contrast with <emphasis>Attachment</emphasis>.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="ldap">
+ <glossterm>LDAP</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. Allows a client to search through a large database of addresses, phone numbers, and people stored on a server.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="mail-client">
+ <glossterm>mail client</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>The application with which a person reads and sends e-mail. Its counterparts are the various types of mail servers, which handle user authentication and direct messages from sender to recipient.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="minicard">
+ <glossterm>minicard</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A format for the display of contact data. Similar in appearance to a small business card.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="pop">
+ <glossterm>POP</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Post Office Protocol. A mechanism for e-mail transport. In contrast to IMAP, it is used only to get mail from a server and store it locally on your hard disk.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="protocol">
+ <glossterm>protocol</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An agreed-upon method of communication, especially one for sending particular types of information between computer systems. Examples include POP (Post Office Protocol), for e-mail, and HTTP (HypterText Transfer Protocol) for Web pages.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="public-key-encryption">
+ <glossterm>public key encryption</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A strong encryption method that uses a set of two keys, one of which is made public, and one of which is kept private. Data encrypted using the public key can only be decrypted using the private key. The longer the keys, the more difficult it is to break the encryption.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="regular-expression">
+ <glossterm>regular expression</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A regular expression (regex) is a way of describing a string of text using metacharacters or wildcard symbols. For example, the statement fly.*so[au]p means any phrase beginning with ‘fly' and ending in oup' or ‘soap'. If you searched for that expression, you’d find both “fly in my soup” and “fly in my soap”. For more information, enter man grep from the command line.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="script">
+ <glossterm>script</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A program written in an interpreted (rather than compiled) language. Often used as a synonym for macro, to denote a series of pre-recorded commands or actions within an application. Often times, accomplish repetitive and tedious tasks, to save the user time.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="search-base">
+ <glossterm>Search Base</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>LDAP can break contact lists into many groups. The Search Base tells LDAP the top group to use. How much of the Search Base that is searched is set by the Search Scope option.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="search-scope">
+ <glossterm>Search Scope</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Search Scope states how much of the Search Base to search.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="sendmail">
+ <glossterm>Sendmail</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A program that sends mail. Evolution can use it instead of SMTP; some people prefer it because it offers more flexibility; however, it is more difficult to set up.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="shortcut-bar">
+ <glossterm>shortcut bar</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An area of Evolution that offers users fast access to the most frequently used features of the application.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="signature">
+ <glossterm>signature</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Text placed at the end of every e-mail sent, similar to a hand-written signature at the bottom of a written letter. A signature can be anything from a favorite quotation to a link to a Web page; courtesy dictates that it be fewer than four lines long.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="smtp">
+ <glossterm>SMTP</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. The most common way of transporting mail messages your computer to the server.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="tooltip">
+ <glossterm>tooltip</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A small box of explanatory text that appears when the mouse pointer is held over a button or other interface element.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="virus">
+ <glossterm>virus</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A program that inserts itself into other files or programs and which, when executed, spreads to more programs and other computers. A virus can cause substantial damage by clogging networks or disk drives, deleting files, or opening security holes.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="vcard">
+ <glossterm>vCard</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>A file format for the exchange of contact information. When you get an address card attached to an e-mail, it’s probably in vCard format. Contrast with vFolder.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+
+ <glossentry id="vfolder">
+ <glossterm>vFolder</glossterm>
+ <glossdef>
+ <para>An e-mail organization tool. vFolders allow you to create a folder that contains the results of a complex search. vFolder contents are are updated dynamically.</para>
+ </glossdef>
+ </glossentry>
+ </glossary>
+
+ <appendix>
+<title>Legal Notices</title>
+ <simplelist>
+ <member>Novell, Inc. makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents or use of this documentation, and specifically disclaims any express or implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. Further, Novell, Inc. reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes to its content, at any time, without obligation to notify any person or entity of such revisions or changes.</member>
+ <member>Further, Novell, Inc. makes no representations or warranties with respect to any software, and specifically disclaims any express or implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. Further, Novell, Inc. reserves the right to make changes to any and all parts of Novell software, at any time, without any obligation to notify any person or entity of such changes.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist>
+ <member>You may not use, export, or re-export this product in violation of any applicable laws or regulations including, without limitation, U.S. export regulations or the laws of the country in which you reside.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist>
+ <member>Copyright © 2004 Novell, Inc. All rights reserved. Permission is granted to copy, distribute, and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL), Version 1.2 or any later version, published by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the GFDL can be found at http://www.fsf.org/licenses/fdl.html.</member>
+ <member>THIS DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:</member>
+ <member>1. THE DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS, MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT, YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND</member>
+ <member>2. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR, INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist>
+ <member>Novell, Inc.</member>
+ <member>404 Wyman Street, Suite 500</member>
+ <member>Waltham, MA 02451</member>
+ <member>U.S.A.</member>
+ <member>www.novell.com</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <para id="Bktitle">Evolution User Guide 2.0</para>
+ <para>September 9, 2004</para>
+ <simplelist>
+ <member>To access the online documentation for this and other Novell products, and to get updates, see www.novell.com/documentation.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist>
+ <member>Evolution is a trademark of Novell, Inc.</member>
+ <member>GroupWise is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc. in the United States and other countries.</member>
+ <member>Novell is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc. in the United States and other countries.</member>
+ <member>SUSE is a registered trademark of SUSE AG, a Novell company.</member>
+ <member>Ximian is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc. in the United States and other countries.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ <simplelist>
+ <member>All third-party trademarks are the property of their respective owners.</member>
+ </simplelist>
+ </appendix>
+</book>
Index: help/C/legal.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/legal.xml
diff -N help/C/legal.xml
--- help/C/legal.xml 12 May 2004 17:46:47 -0000 1.6
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-
- <sect1 id="legal-info-note">
- <title>Legal Information and Licensing</title>
-
-<!-- normally this content belongs in the actual "legalnotice" tag,
- but for formatting reasons putting it in a sect1, inside the
- Preface, and adding a paragraph to the beginning of it -->
-
- <note id="evo-is-free-software">
- <title>Novell Evolution is Free Software</title>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution is licensed under the terms of the GNU General
- Public License (GPL), and its documentation is licensed
- separately
- under the GNU Free Documentation License (GFDL). You can find a the
- complete text of the GPL in <xref linkend="apx-gpl" />, and of the
- GFDL in <xref linkend="apx-fdl"/>. The licenses are also available
- in the files COPYING and COPYING-DOCS distributed with this
- software. The Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange is
- also licensed under the GPL. Copyright for all three pieces of software and their documentation belongs to
- Novell, Inc.
- </para>
- </note>
- <para>
-
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
- document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
- License (GFDL), Version 1.1 or any later version published
- by the Free Software Foundation with no Invariant Sections,
- no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. You can find
- a copy of the GFDL in <xref linkend="apx-fdl"/> or in the
- file COPYING-DOCS distributed with this manual.
- </para>
- <para> This manual is part of a collection of GNOME manuals
- distributed under the GFDL. If you want to distribute this
- manual separately from the collection, you can do so by
- adding a copy of the license to the manual, as described in
- section 6 of the license.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Novell is a registered trademark and Novell Evolution, the
- dancing monkey logo and the Ximian capsule logo are
- trademarks of Novell, Inc. Other names may be trademarks or
- registered trademarks of other companies or
- organizations. Where those names appear in any GNOME
- documentation, and the members of the GNOME Documentation
- Project are made aware of those trademarks, then the names
- are in capital letters or initial capital letters.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED
- UNDER THE TERMS OF THE GNU FREE DOCUMENTATION LICENSE
- WITH THE FURTHER UNDERSTANDING THAT:
- </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
- WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
- IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES
- THAT THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
- DOCUMENT IS FREE OF DEFECTS MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR
- A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING. THE ENTIRE
- RISK AS TO THE QUALITY, ACCURACY, AND PERFORMANCE
- OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION OF THE
- DOCUMENT IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY DOCUMENT OR
- MODIFIED VERSION PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
- YOU (NOT THE INITIAL WRITER, AUTHOR OR ANY
- CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE COST OF ANY NECESSARY
- SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
- OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS
- LICENSE. NO USE OF ANY DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED
- VERSION OF THE DOCUMENT IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER
- EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER; AND
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL
- THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
- CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL THE AUTHOR,
- INITIAL WRITER, ANY CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY
- DISTRIBUTOR OF THE DOCUMENT OR MODIFIED VERSION
- OF THE DOCUMENT, OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH
- PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR ANY
- DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
- CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER
- INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS
- OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR
- MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER DAMAGES OR
- LOSSES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO USE OF THE
- DOCUMENT AND MODIFIED VERSIONS OF THE DOCUMENT,
- EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF
- THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </sect1>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/menuref.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/menuref.xml
diff -N help/C/menuref.xml
--- help/C/menuref.xml 12 May 2004 17:46:47 -0000 1.10
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,384 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE Appendix PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-<appendix id="menuref">
- <title>Quick Reference</title>
- <para>
- You might want to copy this section and tape it to the wall
- next to your computer: it's a very short summary of most of
- the things you'll want to do with
- Novell Evolution.
- </para>
-
-
- <sect1 id="quickref-open">
- <title>Opening or Creating Anything</title>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>New Item:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <keycombo action="simul"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo> to open a new item
- for whatever part of Novell
- Evolution you're working on. In mail,
- that means you'll create a new message. If you're
- looking at your address book, <keycombo
- action="simul"> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>N</keycap></keycombo> creates a new contact
- card, and in the calendar, a new appointment.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-<!--
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new folder:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Folder</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift </keycap>
- <keycap>E</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
--->
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new email message:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Use
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mail
- Message</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift </keycap>
- <keycap>M</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new Appointment:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>A</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Enter a new Contact:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Double-click in any blank space in the contact
- manager to create a new address card. You can also
- use
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Contact</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>C</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new Task:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>T</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="quickref-mail">
- <title>Mail Tasks</title>
- <para>
- Here are the most frequent email tasks, and shortcuts for
- navigating your mailbox with the keyboard instead of the
- mouse:
- <variablelist>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Send and Receive Mail:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <keycap>F9</keycap>, click the
- <guilabel>Send/Receive</guilabel> button in the
- toolbar, or choose
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Send/Receive</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Navigating the Message List with the Keyboard:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <keycap>]</keycap> or <keycap>.</keycap> to jump to the next unread
- message. <keycap>[</keycap> or <keycap>,</keycap> goes to the previous
- unread message. Use the arrow keys to move up
- and down along the list of all messages.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Move the display up and down in the preview pane:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press the space bar to go a page down. Press
- <keycap>Backspace</keycap> to go a page up.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Reply to a Message:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To reply to the sender of the message only:
- click <guilabel>Reply</guilabel> in the
- toolbar, or press
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>R</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- <para>
- To reply to the sender and all the other visible
- recipients of the message, click <guilabel>Reply to
- All</guilabel> or select the message and press
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>R</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Forward a Message:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the message or messages you want to forward,
- and click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> in the
- toolbar, or press
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>F</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Open a Message in a New Window:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Double-click the message you want to view, or select
- it and press <keycap>Return</keycap> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>O</keycap>
- </keycombo>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create Filters and Virtual Folders:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right-click on a message and select
- <guimenuitem>Create Rule From
- Message</guimenuitem>. You can also create filters and
- virtual folders in the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Add Sender to Address Book:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right-click on a message and select <guimenuitem>Add
- Sender to Address Book</guimenuitem>. You can also
- right-click on any email address to add it to your
- address book.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
-
-
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="quickref-cal">
- <title>Calendar</title>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new Appointment:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>A</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Create a new Task:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Task</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>T</keycap>
- </keycombo>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <tip id="new-appt">
- <title>New Appointments Fast</title>
- <para>
- Click on any blank spot in the calendar and start
- typing to create a new appointment entry.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="quickref-contact">
- <title>Address Book</title>
- <para>
- Here are shortcuts for the most frequent address book actions:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Edit a Contact:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You can edit a contact two ways:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click once on the person's address card and you can
- edit the person's properties all in the same window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Double-click on the contact's card and alter their details.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Deleting a Contact:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right click on a contact and click <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>
- or select a contact and press the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>
- on the toolbar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Email a Contact:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right click on a contact and select
- <guilabel>Send message to contact</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Creating a New Contact:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Double-click in any blank space in the contact
- manager to create a new address card, or right-click anywhere
- in the address book and select <guilabel>New
- Contact</guilabel>. You can also select
- use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Contact</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or press
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>Shift</keycap>
- <keycap>C</keycap>
- </keycombo>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-</appendix>
-
Index: help/C/preface.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/preface.xml
diff -N help/C/preface.xml
--- help/C/preface.xml 13 Jul 2004 19:45:35 -0000 1.9
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
-
-<!-- The actual preface tag is in the evolution.xml file -->
- <sect1 id="organization">
- <title>Organization</title>
- <para>
- The first part of this book is a <link linkend="usage">guided
- tour</link>, which will explain how to use Evolution. If you
- are new to Evolution or to groupware in general, this section is
- for you. The second section, covering <link
- linkend="config">configuration</link>, is targeted at more
- advanced users, but anyone who wants to change the way Evolution
- looks or acts can benefit from reading it.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="other-help">
- <title>Additional Help Sources</title>
- <para>
- You can find additional help in three places. For information
- about command-line options, open a terminal window and type
- <command>evolution --help</command>. For support,
- late-breaking news, and errata, visit the Novell support center at
- <ulink url="http://support.novell.com";>support.novell.com</ulink>.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="whats-new-in-one-two">
- <title>New in Evolution &appversion;</title>
- <para>
- Even if you're already familiar with earlier versions,
- Evolution &appversion; has a lot of new features to offer.
- You can find a complete list of bugs fixed and features added
- in the Evolution release notes at the <ulink
- url="http://gnome.org/projects/evolution/";>Evolution Developer
- Website</ulink>. Some of the features include:
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Junk Mail (Spam) Filtering</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution &appversion; includes trainable
- Bayesian junk mail filters. When you get mail you
- don't want, click the <guilabel>Junk</guilabel> button
- in the toolbar. Check your <guilabel>Junk
- Mail</guilabel> folder periodically to see if it's
- filtered out anything you want to keep, and mark it as
- <guilabel>Not Junk.</guilabel> As you correct the
- filter, it will become more effective.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>GroupWise Connectivity with no Additional Software</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Now you can access GroupWise servers as well as IMAP
- and POP mail servers, with no additional installation
- required. Connection to Microsoft Exchange 2000 and
- 2003 servers is possible with the Evolution Connector,
- now available at no charge and under the GPL license.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>User Interface Updates</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The shortcut bar has been replaced with small buttons
- at the bottom of the folder bar. The folder bar now
- only displays data for the current function, instead
- of putting all data together in one tree.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Security: S/MIME and Signatures</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Security with encryption and cryptographic signatures
- has never been easier or stronger.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Hiding the "Evolution" Directory</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The <command>~/evolution/</command>
- directory has been moved to
- <command>~/.evolution</command>, keeping it
- out of sight in most cases.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="preface-for-experts">
- <title>Tips for Experienced Linux Users</title>
- <para>
- This section has a few tips for experienced users of Linux or
- UNIX systems:
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Backups and File Locations</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To create a backup of your Evolution data, copy the
- <command>~/.evolution/</command> directory to
- your backup disk. To access data you
- have backed up, use the <guilabel>Import</guilabel> tool to
- restore individual files as needed.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Default Browsers</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To set the browser used for links from email addresses,
- open the GNOME preferences tool
- (<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Personal
- Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- or <command>gnome-control-center</command>) and click
- <guilabel>File Associations</guilabel>. On some systems,
- this may be called <guilabel>MIME Types</guilabel> or
- <guilabel>Default Applications</guilabel>.
- </para>
- <para>
- In the <guilabel>File Associations</guilabel> tool, go to the
- <guilabel>Internet Services</guilabel> section and click
- <guilabel>World wide web (http)</guilabel>, then select
- the browser of your choice. If you wish to use a
- browser other than the ones suggested, you will need to
- enter a complete shell command, rather than just the
- browser name: <userinput>mybrowser
- `%s`</userinput> rather than
- <guilabel>My Browser</guilabel>.
- Some systems may require you to set the browser used for
- https:// links seperately.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Making Evolution Your Default Mail Client</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- For GNOME desktops, you can set
- Evolution to be the default
- mail client, so that it opens when you click a mailto:
- link in web pages and help tools. To do that, open the
- GNOME preferences tool and start the <guilabel>File
- Associations</guilabel> tool. There, look under
- <guilabel>Internet Services</guilabel>, select
- <guilabel>Electronic mail transmission
- (mailto)</guilabel>, and select
- <guilabel>Evolution</guilabel> from the drop-down
- list.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you are using KDE, you can also set Evolution as the
- default through the KDE control center. Go to the
- <guilabel>KDE Components</guilabel> section and select
- <guilabel>Component Chooser</guilabel>, then
- <guilabel>Email Client</guilabel>. Click the
- <guilabel>Use a different email client</guilabel> option
- and enter <userinput>evolution `%s`</userinput>.
- </para>
- <para>
- For applications such as Mozilla and Netscape, which do
- not use the GNOME preference tools, you will need to
- find the protocol handler preference tool for that
- application and enter <userinput>evolution
- `%s`</userinput> as your choice for handling mailto links.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </sect1>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/topic.dat
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/topic.dat
diff -N help/C/topic.dat
--- help/C/topic.dat 7 Jan 2004 23:49:45 -0000 1.8
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-index.html Table of Contents
-introduction.html Introduction
-usage-mainwindow.html Getting Started
-usage-mail.html Getting and Sending Email
-usage-contact.html Using the Contact Manager
-usage-calendar.html Managing Your Schedule
-usage-exchange.html Connecting to Exchange Servers
-config-prefs.html Configuring Evolution
-menuref.html Quick Reference
-apx-gloss.html Glossary
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/usage-calendar.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-calendar.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-calendar.xml
--- help/C/usage-calendar.xml 22 Jul 2004 20:19:06 -0000 1.13
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,792 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-<chapter id="usage-calendar">
- <title>Evolution Calendar</title>
-
- <para>
- This chapter will show you how to use the Evolution
- Calendar to manage your schedule alone or in conjunction with
- peers. To learn about importing calendar data, see <xref
- linkend="importing-mail" />, which covers the Import tool.
- </para>
-
- <sect1 id ="usage-calendar-view">
- <title>Ways of Looking at your Calendar</title>
- <para>
- In Evolution, you can keep multiple calendars and overlay them
- one over the next. For example, you might have a schedule of
- events for work, one for home, and one for your favorite sports
- team. The shortcut bar lists those calendars, and you can check
- or uncheck the boxes next to them to show and hide the
- appointments in your calendar view. By hiding and showing
- different sets of appointments, you can be sure to avoid
- conflicts, while keeping a minimum of clutter in your view at
- any one time.
- </para>
- <para>
- Appointments for each calendar appear as a different color.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The toolbar offers you four different buttons that can show you
- different views of your calendar:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Day
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Work Week
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Week
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Month
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You can also select an arbitrary range of days in the small
- calendar at the upper right. To do this, click and drag on the
- days that you wish to view in your calendar.
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Prev</guilabel> and <guilabel>Next</guilabel>
- buttons will move you forward and back in your calendar pages.
- If you're looking at only one day, you'll see tomorrow's page,
- or yesterday's. If you're looking at your calendar by week or
- month, you'll move around by just that much.
- To come back to today's listing, click the
- <guilabel>Today</guilabel> button in the toolbar.
- </para>
- <para>
- To visit calendar entries for a specific date, click
- <guilabel>Go To</guilabel> and select the date in the dialog
- box that appears.
- </para>
-
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="usage-calendar-apts">
- <title>Scheduling With the Evolution Calendar</title>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-basic">
- <title>Creating Appointments</title>
- <para>
- To create a new appointment, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- click the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button on the left end
- of the toolbar, or double-click in a blank space in the calendar.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Your appointment must have a starting and ending date (by
- default, today) but you can choose whether to give it
- starting and ending times or to mark it as an <guilabel>All
- day event</guilabel>. An <guilabel>All day event</guilabel>
- appears at the top of a day's appointment list, in the grey header under the date, rather than inside
- it. That makes it easy to have appointments that overlap and fit
- inside each other. For example, a conference might be an all
- day appointment, and the meetings at the conference would be timed
- appointments. Of course, appointments with specific starting and ending
- times can also overlap. When they do they're displayed as
- multiple columns in the day view of the calendar.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you have more than one calendar, be sure to select the
- calendar in which you want to save the appointment.
- </para>
- <para>
- Evolution supports the use of
- time zones. If you share calendar files with friends or
- co-workers, it is quite possible you will need to configure
- your tim ezone. To configure your time zone:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, and
- click the <guilabel>Calendar And Tasks</guilabel> icon
- in the settings dialog.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Globe</guilabel> button in the
- <guilabel>Time</guilabel> section, located in the
- <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Each red dot represents a major city. Click a dot and click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> to select your time zone.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- You can also configure time zone information specific to the
- Start and End time in each appointment. To do that, simply
- create a new appointment and click on a globe to customize the
- time zone that the time exists in. For example, if you live in
- New York but have a telephone meeting set for noon with
- someone in California, you need to make sure that you're not
- calling each other a few hours off. Setting time-zones on a
- per-appointment basis helps avoid that potential confusion.
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>Multiple Simultaneous Appointments</title>
- <para>
- If you create calendar appointments that overlap,
- Evolution will display them side
- by side in your calendar. However,
- Evolution cannot help you do
- multiple things at once.
- </para>
- </note>
- <para>
- You can have several
- <guilabel>Reminders</guilabel>, any time prior to the appointment
- you've scheduled. You can have one reminder of each of the following types:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Display:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- A window will pop up on your screen to remind you of
- your appointment.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Audio:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose this to have your computer deliver a sound
- alarm.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Program:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select this if you would like to run a program as a
- reminder. You can enter its name in the text field,
- or find it with the <guilabel>Browse</guilabel>
- button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
-
- <note id="reminders-when-not-running-evo">
- <title>Reminders Without Evolution</title>
- <para>
- If you have stored reminders in a local calendar, they
- will work from the moment you log in. However, for reminders
- stored on an Exchange server, you must run Evolution at
- least once after logging in. No matter where the reminders
- are stored, you can quit Evolution and still be reminded of
- an upcoming appointment.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para>
- If you are using a a calendar on a GroupWise or
- Exchange server, select a <guilabel>Classification</guilabel>
- for the appointment, to determine who can view it.
- <guilabel>Public</guilabel> is the default category, and a
- public appointment can be viewed by anyone on the calendar
- sharing network. <guilabel>Private</guilabel> denotes one
- level of security, and <guilabel>Confidential</guilabel> an even
- higher level. The different levels vary depending on your
- server settings; check with your system administrator or adjust
- your delegation settings.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you are using a GroupWise or Exchange server, other people
- on the server can check your schedule to see if you are
- available at any given time. If you have an appointment that
- is flexible or that you wish to designate as "Free" rather
- than "Busy" time, check the <guilabel>Free</guilabel> box in
- the<guilabel>Show Time As</guilabel> section. Normally,
- appointments display as "Busy."
- </para>
- <para>
- You can categorize appointments in the same way you can
- categorize contacts. Click the <guilabel>Categories</guilabel>
- button opens up a checklist. Check the box next to each category
- that matches the appointment you are creating.
- </para>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Adding a New Appointment Category</title>
- <para>
- You can add a new category to your category list by clicking on
- <guilabel>Edit Master Category List</guilabel> and single-clicking
- on <guilabel> Click here to add a category</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>
- Once you've selected your categories, click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> to
- assign these categories to the appointment. The categories you selected are now
- listed in the text box to the right of the <guilabel>Categories...</guilabel>
- button.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Appointments with categories will appear
- with icons in the calendar display, and you can also search
- for appointments by category. To display only the appointments
- in a particular category, select <guilabel>Category
- Is</guilabel> in the search bar at the top of the calendar, and
- select a category.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Recurrence</guilabel> tab lets you describe
- repetition in appointments ranging from once every day up to once
- every 100 years. You can then choose a time and date when the
- appointment will stop recurring, and, under
- <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel>, pick individual days when the
- appointment will <emphasis>not</emphasis> recur. Make your
- selections from left to right, and you'll form a sentence:
- "Every two weeks on Monday and Friday until January 3, 2008"
- or "Every month on the first Friday for 12 occurrences."
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Once you're done with all those settings, click on the disk
- icon in the toolbar to save and close the appointment editor window.
- If you want, you can alter an appointment
- summary in the calendar view by clicking on it and typing. You
- can change other settings by right-clicking on the appointment then
- choosing <guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem>, or double-clicking
- the appointment.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="old-meetings">
- <title>Deleting Old Events</title>
- <para>
- Keeping a huge list of everything you did in the past will
- eventually slow down your calendar. To delete old events, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Purge
- </guimenuitem></menuchoice> and enter the number of days of past
- events you wish to keep.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-calendar-rsvp">
- <title>Sending a Meeting Invitation</title>
- <para>
- Evolution can be used to schedule group meetings and help you
- manage responses to meeting requests.
- </para>
- <para>
- When you create a meeting or group appointment, you can
- specify the attendees in several categories, such as "chair"
- or "required." When you save the appointment listing, each
- attendee will be sent an email with the appointment
- information and gives them the option to respond.
- </para>
-
- <note id="meeting-announce">
- <title>Simple Announcements</title>
- <para>
- If you don't need to collect attendance information when
- you're scheduling an event, and would rather just announce
- it, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Forward
- as iCalendar</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. That will open a
- new email message with the event notification attached as
- an announcement. Recipients will be able to add the event
- to their calendars with one click, but won't automatically
- send you email about whether they'll attend.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para>
- To schedule a meeting:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Schedule
- Meeting</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. The
- <guilabel>Scheduling</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Meeting</guilabel> tabs open.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you have multiple Evolution email accounts, choose the
- one you'll use by selecting an item in the
- <guilabel>Organizer</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the space labeled <guilabel>Click here to add an
- attendee</guilabel> to enter the names and email
- addresses of people you will invite, or click the
- <guilabel>Invite Others</guilabel> to select them from
- your contacts.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Save the Appointment.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- An email is now sent out to all the recipients, inviting them to your event.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="replying-to-rsvp">
- <title>Replying to a Meeting Request</title>
- <para>
- Meeting requests are sent as iCal attachments. To view or
- respond to one, click on the attachment icon and view it
- inline in the mail window. All the details are shown about
- the event including time and dates. Then you can choose how
- to reply to the invitation. Your choices are:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Accept</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Tentatively Accept</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Decline</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> and an email will be sent to
- the organizer with your answer. The event will also be added
- to your calendar if you accept.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Note, however, that if you add a meeting to your calendar,
- there are some limitations: only the organizer of a meeting
- can add participants in a meeting. Your only options, as a
- participant, are to accept the meeting, or decline it.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once you have added the meeting to your calendar, you can make
- changes to your copy, but be aware
- that if the original organizer sends out another update, your
- changes may be overwritten.
- </para>
- <note id="organizer-only-one">
- <title>There Can Be Only One</title>
- <para>
- A meeting can have only one organizer. You can designate
- yourself the organizer of the meeting, but unless you
- coordinate that action with the organizer you are replacing,
- you could create confusion in the scheduling process. If you
- want to invite additional people to a meeting without
- changing the organizer, it's best to forward the first
- organizer's message to the additional participants.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="receiving-rsvp-response">
- <title>Getting Responses to Meeting Requests</title>
- <para>
- Once you get a reply to your meeting invitation, you'll need
- to view it inline in the email. Click the attachment and
- select <guimenuitem>View Inline</guimenuitem>. At the bottom, you
- can click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> to update your attendee
- list.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
-<!-- ############UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURES ###################
-
- <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-group">
- <title>Appointments for Groups</title>
- <para>
- You can use Evolution to mark a
- meeting request on another person's calendar. To do it, click
- <guilabel>New</guilabel> in the calendar toolbar, or select
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Appointment</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> to bring
- up the <interface>new appointment</interface> window. Then
- describe the appointment as you would any other. When you are
- ready to send the invitation <guilabel>OK</guilabel>
- Evolution will automatically send
- email to each person on the request list, notifying of the
- time and date of the meeting you have requested with them. In
- addition, it will mark the appointment on your calendar and on
- theirs as tentative, rather than a confirmed, appointment.
- </para>
- <para>
- To mark a tentative appointment as confirmed, click once on the
- appointment in the <interface>calendar view</interface> to select
- it, and then choose <guimenuitem>Appointment
- Properties</guimenuitem> from the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu>
- menu. In the <interface>Appointment Properties</interface> dialog
- window, click the "tentative" button to De-select the
- appointment.
- </para>
- <para>
- When your meeting attendees get the email inviting them to the
- meeting, they'll be able to enter the information into their
- calendars and let you know if they'll be able to attend; if
- they use Novell Evolution or
- another iCal compliant mail client, they can do this with just
- one click. When you get a response from them, it will include
- an iCal attachment. Opening and accepting this attachment will
- change the meeting data in your calendar to indicate that they
- have responded to your invitation, and whether they will be in
- attendance.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-calendar-apts-privs">
- <title>Scheduling privileges</title>
- <para>
- There are several levels of scheduling privileges. You
- can set whether people can see your calendar, whether they
- can request meetings or appointments, and whether they can
- create appointments. This section may have to be deleted,
- because I don't know if we are going to support privileges
- at all.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- ########## END UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURESET ############ -->
-
- <sect2 id="usage-calendar-freebusy">
- <title>Scheduling Meetings and The Free/Busy View</title>
- <para>
- In addition to the standard meeting scheduling tools, you can
- use the Free/Busy view to check whether people are available
- in advance. The Free/Busy feature is normally a function of
- dedicated groupware servers such as Exchange and Groupwise.
- However, you can also publish Free/Busy information online,
- and access Free/Busy information published elsewhere.
- If not everyone you collaborate with publishes Free/Busy data,
- you can still use iCal event invitations to coordinate
- schedules with other
- people.
- </para>
- <para>
- To access the free/busy view:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open or create an appointment in the
- <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Schedule Meeting</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open the <guilabel>Scheduling</guilabel> tab.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <figure>
- <title>Appointment Scheduling Window</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Appointment Scheduling Window</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/schedule" srccredit="Kevin Breit"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/full-1" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Attendee List</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Attendee List</guilabel> lists off the people who
- have been invited to the respective appointment. It also
- shows their RSVP status.
- </para>
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Schedule Grid</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Schedule Grid</guilabel> shows the published
- Free/Busy information for the people you have invited. This is
- where you compare people's schedules to find free time to
- schedule the appointment. Individuals will only have visible
- scheduling information if they use the same GroupWise or
- Exchange server you do (that is, if they are in the same
- organization as you), or if they publish free/busy information
- at a URL you can reach and you have entered that URL into their
- contact card using the contact editor.
- </para>
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/full-3" format="PNG"/>
- </imageobject>
- </inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Meeting Scheduler</guilabel>
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Meeting Scheduler</guilabel> allows you to
- schedule the meeting in the <guilabel>Free/Busy</guilabel> window.
- </para>
- <sect3 id="usage-calendar-freebusy-scheduling">
- <title>Scheduling an Appointment</title>
- <para>
- To schedule an appointment, you'll first need people's
- free/busy information. If you're using the Evolution Connector
- for Microsoft Exchange, all of the information is already
- available to you in the Global Address List. Otherwise, each
- person will have to email you their schedule files and you
- will have to incorporate them into your calendar.
- </para>
- <para>
- Regardless of how you get the information, Novell Evolution
- will display it in the <guilabel>Scheduling</guilabel> tab.
- The pending appointment time will appear in white with bold
- black borders. Each attendee's free and busy times appear
- color-coded next to their names in the attendee list.
- </para>
- <para>
- Adjust the meeting time, either by dragging the meeting
- borders or by using the <guilabel>Autopick</guilabel>
- buttons to choose a time automatically, then click
- <guilabel>Save and Close</guilabel>. Attendees on an
- Exchange server will have the appointment updated
- automatically; others will receive email notification of any
- change in plans.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Read <xref linkend="full-advantage"/> to learn about how to
- use this feature with the Evolution Connector for Microsoft
- Exchange.
- </para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="publishing-freebusy">
- <title>Publishing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server</title>
- <para>
- You can publish Free/Busy information to a WebDAV or other
- web server with HTTP PUT support. Check with your system
- administrator if you are not sure.
- </para>
- <para>
- To set up Free/Busy publishing, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>, then click the <guilabel>Calendar and
- Tasks</guilabel> tool. In the <guilabel>Free/Busy
- Publishing</guilabel> tab, click <guilabel>Add</guilabel> and
- enter the URL for your upload server. Select the frequency
- with which you wish to upload data, the calendars for which
- you wish to display data, your username and
- password, and then click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- <para>
- To have Free/Busy data published immediately, go to the
- <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> tool and select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Publish Free/Busy</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="accessing-freebusy-offserver">
- <title>Accessing Free/Busy Data Without a Groupware Server</title>
- <para>
- If someone gives you a URL for Free/Busy data or their web
- calendar, you can enter it as part of their contact
- information in the <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> tool. Then,
- when you schedule a meeting with them, Evolution will look up
- their schedule and display it in the meeting planner.
- </para>
-
- </sect3>
-
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-calendar-multiple">
- <title>Multiple Calendars and Web Calendars</title>
-
- <para>
- To create a new calendar, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu> <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Calendar</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>. If the calendar is one you plan to store locally,
- you need only provide a name and color. If it is a remote
- calendar, enter the name, color, URL, and a refresh
- frequency. The refresh frequency determines how often Evolution
- will check to see if the calendar has changed. If you are
- working with someone who publishes an online calendar, you may
- want to check for updates every thirty minutes. On the other
- hand, if you have displayed a sports team schedule in your
- calendar, you may not need to refresh it more than once a week,
- if at all.
- </para>
- <para>
- The website <ulink
- url="http://icalshare.com";>icalshare.com</ulink> has an extensive list
- of shared online calendars, including national and religious
- holidays, phases of the moon, sports, and local and regional events.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
-
- <sect1 id="usage-calendar-todo">
- <title>The Task Pad</title>
- <para>
- The Task Pad, located in the lower right corner of the
- calendar, lets you keep a list of tasks separate from your
- calendar appointments. You can use the list
- in a larger window by choosing the <guilabel>Tasks</guilabel>
- button in the shortcut bar or in the folder tree.
- </para>
- <para>
- To record a new task, click the <guilabel>Add</guilabel>
- button in the toolbar. Evolution
- will pop up a small window with five items in it:
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guilabel>Summary:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The description you enter here will appear in the To Do
- list itself.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guilabel>Due Date:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Decide when this item is
- due. You can either type in a date and time, or select one from
- the <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> and <guilabel>time</guilabel> drop-down menus.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Start Date:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The date you intend to start working.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guilabel>Description:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you wish, you can keep a more detailed description of
- the item here. For example, you can note that a task is
- in progress, and display how close it is to completion.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Classification:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Sets who will see it if your calendar is shared.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>
- There are more options in the <guilabel>Details</guilabel> tab such as priority and progress settings.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once you've added a task to your to-do list, its summary
- appears in the <guilabel>Summary</guilabel> section of task
- list. To view or edit a detailed description of an item,
- double-click on it, or right click on it and select <guilabel>Open</guilabel>. You can delete items by selecting
- them and clicking on the <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- <para>
- The list of tasks is sorted in a similar way to the list of
- email messages in Novell Evolution
- Mail. Click once on the message headers to change
- the direction and type of sorting, or right-click to add or
- remove columns from the display.
- </para>
- <sect2 id="task-folders">
- <title>Task Groups</title>
- <para>
- As with calendars, you can create multiple task groups. Task
- groups are more easily organized in the dedicated
- <guilabel>Tasks</guilabel> tool. Each task group is assigned a
- color, and in the <guilabel>Tasks</guilabel> tool shortcut bar
- you can hide and show task groups just like calendars. In the
- calendar display task pad, tasks from all visible task groups
- will appear, color coded by group. To create a new task
- group, select <menuchoice><guimenu>New</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Task Group</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. You will
- be prompted for a name, color, and location for the task
- group. If the task group is online, you will need to provide
- the URL for it.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
-</chapter>
Index: help/C/usage-contact.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-contact.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-contact.xml
--- help/C/usage-contact.xml 22 Jul 2004 16:18:49 -0000 1.10
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,494 +0,0 @@
-<!--
-<!DOCTYPE Chapter PUBLIC "-//GNOME//DTD DocBook PNG Variant V1.1//EN">
--->
-
-<chapter id="usage-contact">
- <title>Evolution Contacts: the Address Book</title>
- <para>
- This chapter will show you how to use the
- Evolution contacts tool to organize
- any amount of contact information, share addresses over a
- network, and several ways to save time with everyday tasks. To
- learn about configuring the contacts tool, see <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-contact"/>. You can import contacts from
- other contact management tools with the Import tool by
- selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>,
- or by mailing them to yourself as vCard attachments.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Double-click on a card to display all its details.
- </para>
-
-
- <sect1 id="usage-contact-cards">
- <title>The Contact Editor</title>
-
- <para>
- If you want to add or change cards, you'll use the contact
- editor. To change a card that already exists, double click on
- it to open the contact editor window. If you want to create a new
- card, clicking the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button in the
- toolbar will open the same window, with blank entry boxes for
- you to fill in.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The contact editor window has three tabs,
- <guilabel>Contact</guilabel>, for basic contact information,
- <guilabel>Personal Information</guilabel>, for a more specific description of
- the person, including URLs for their calendar and free/busy information,
- and <guilabel>Mailing Address</guilabel>.
- In the
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu you will find <guimenuitem>Forward
- Contact</guimenuitem>, which opens a new message with the card
- already attached, and <guimenuitem>Send Message to
- Contact</guimenuitem>, which will open a new message to the
- contact's email address.
- </para>
- <para>
- From the contact editor toolbar, you can <guilabel>Save and
- Close</guilabel>, <guilabel>Print</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Close</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> the contact.
- </para>
-
-
- <figure id="usage-contact-editor-fig">
- <title>Evolution Contact Editor</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Evolution Contact Editor</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata
- fileref="figures/contact-editor" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron
- Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
-
- <tip>
- <title>Contact Shortcuts</title>
- <para>
- You can add cards from within an email message or calendar
- appointment. While looking at an email, right-click on
- any email address or message, and choose
- <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Address</guimenuitem> or
- <guimenuitem>Create Card for this Sender</guimenuitem>
- from the menu.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
-
-
- <para>
- Most of the items in the contact editor simply display the
- information you enter, but some of them have additional
- features:
- </para>
-
-
-
- <para>
- <variablelist>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Full Name</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the name of your contact here. You can enter a
- name into the <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field, but
- you can also click the <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel>
- button to bring up a small dialog box with a few text
- boxes for first and last names, titles like "Mr." or "Her
- Excellency," and suffixes like "Jr."
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field also
- interacts with the <guilabel>File Under</guilabel>
- box to help you organize your contacts and to handle
- multi-word surnames.
- </para>
- <para>
- To see how it works, type a name in the
- <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel> field. As an example,
- we'll use <userinput>Miguel de Icaza</userinput>. You'll notice that the
- <guilabel>File Under</guilabel> field also fills in,
- but in reverse: <computeroutput>Icaza, Miguel de
- </computeroutput>. If you had entered <userinput>John Q.
- Doe</userinput>, the contacts editor would have
- correctly guessed that the entry should be filed under
- "Doe, John Q." However, Miguel's surname, "de Icaza,"
- has two words, and so to get proper sorting you must enter
- <userinput>de Icaza, Miguel</userinput> in the
- <guilabel>File As</guilabel> entry.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Where</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select one of your address books as the location for
- this contact. You may not be able to write to all
- available address books, especially those on a network.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Categories</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Categories</guilabel> button to
- select categories for this card. If you assign contact
- categories, you can then search for contacts using those
- categories. For more information on contact categories,
- read <xref linkend="usage-contact-organize"/>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Free/Busy and Calendar URLs</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Personal Information</guilabel> tab
- to enter web addresses for the contact. If the contact
- publishes Free/Busy or calendar data online, using a
- server other than Exchange or GroupWise, you can enter the
- address for those servers here. Once you do so, you will
- be able to check their schedule when creating appointments
- in the calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="contact-search">
- <title>Searching for Contacts</title>
-
- <para>
- To search through contacts:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select your search type in the search bar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter your query.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press return to search.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- For a more complex search, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Search</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Advanced</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> and select criteria that describe your desired contact:
- </para>
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Name the rule in the <guilabel>Rule Name</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Setup your criteria in the <guilabel>If</guilabel> section.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you want to add more criteria, click the <guilabel>Add
- Criterion</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Search</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <para>
- To show all your contacts, Click <guilabel>Clear</guilabel> in the
- search bar, press
- <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>
- or search with an empty query.
- </para>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-contact-organize">
- <title>Organizing your Contacts</title>
- <para>
- Just as you can search mail, you can search contacts. You can
- also create several individual address books, or contact groups.
- Within a given contact group, you can have several
- categories of contacts.
- </para>
-
-<!-- UNIMPLEMENTED FEATURE
- <para>
- Another useful Evolution feature is
- its ability to recognize when people live or work together. If
- several people in your address book share an address, and you
- change the address for one of them,
- Evolution will ask you if you wish to
- change the address for all of them, or just for one.
- </para>
--->
-
- <sect2 id="usage-contact-organize-group">
- <title>Contacts Groups</title>
- <para>
- The simplest way to organize contacts is to create
- additional groups of contacts. You can create a new one by
- selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>New</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Contacts Group</guimenuitem></menuchoice> For
- contacts groups on your computer, you only need to provide a
- name. For contacts on the network, you will need to provide
- more information about the contacts server you are trying to
- access.
- </para>
- <para>
- To move a card from one group to another, just drag it there
- from the main display of contacts. Note that you will not be
- able to change the contents of most network contact groups.
- </para>
-
- <tip id="lists-vs-groups">
- <title>Contact Lists and Contact Groups</title>
- <para>
- Contacts groups are not the same as contact lists. A
- contact group is like a folder or address book full of contacts. A
- contact list is a single contact which contains other
- contacts, and is most often used to email several people at once.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-contact-organize-group-list">
- <title>Creating a List of Contacts</title>
- <para>
- A contact list is a set of contacts with a single nickname
- that you create. When you send email to the nickname, it is sent to
- every member of the list. This differs from a network
- mailing list in that it exists only on your computer as a
- convenience to you, rather than as an actual email address
- managed by a mailing list application on a server.
- </para>
- <para>
- For example, you could create one card for each family
- member, then add
- those cards to a contact list called "Family." Then,
- instead of entering each person's email address
- individually, you could send email to "Family" and the
- message would go to all of them.
- </para>
- <para>
- To create a list of contacts:
-
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open the list creation dialog box by clicking the
- <guilabel>New List</guilabel> button or selecting
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- File
- </guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>
- New
- </guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>
- Contact List
- </guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter a name for the list.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter names or email addresses of contacts, or just
- drag contacts from the main window into the list.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose whether you would like to hide the email
- addresses when you send a message to the list.
- Unless it is a very small list, it is recommended
- that you leave the addresses hidden. This is the
- same thing as using the "Bcc:" feature discussed in
- <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types"/>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- When you are done, click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>. The
- list will appear as a contact card, which you can use as
- you would any other. That includes emailing the list to
- another person, and, of course, sending email to the list.
- </para>
- <para>
- To mail the list, open a new email and type the name you
- chose for the list. Novell Evolution will address the
- message to the entire list when you send it. You can also
- right-click on the list's address card in the contacts tool
- and select <guimenuitem>Send Message to List</guimenuitem>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Evolution cannot store contact lists on Microsoft Exchange
- servers.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-contact-organize-group-category">
- <title>Grouping with Categories</title>
- <para>
- The other way to group cards is to mark them as belonging
- to different categories. That means that you
- can mark a card as being in several categories or no
- category at all. For example, you put a friend's
- card in the "Business" category, because he works with you,
- the "Friends" category, because he's a friend, and
- the "Frequent" category, because you call him often, but can
- never remember the number.
- </para>
- <para>
- To mark a card as belonging to a category, click the
- <guilabel>Categories</guilabel> button at the lower
- right. From the dialog box that appears, you can check as
- many or as few categories as you like.
- </para>
-
- <para>
-
- If the master list of categories doesn't suit you, you can
- add your own. Just enter the new category's name in the
- text box, then click <guilabel>Categories</guilabel> and
- choose <guilabel>Edit Master Category List</guilabel> in the
- window that appears.
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-contact-sharing">
- <title>LDAP: Shared Contact Groups on a Network</title>
-
- <para>
- The <link linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> protocol was
- created to let users share contact information over a network by
- sharing access to a central directory. LDAP allows a company
- to maintain a shared set of contact information. Many companies
- keep a common LDAP address book for all their employees or for
- client contacts.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To learn how to add a remote directory to your available
- contact folders, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-contact"/>.
- Remote groups of contacts appear under the <guilabel>On LDAP
- Servers</guilabel> item in the shortcut bar. They work
- exactly like a local folder of cards, with the following
- exceptions:
- <itemizedlist>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Network folders are only available when you are
- connected to the network. If you use a laptop or have a
- modem connection, you may wish to copy or cache some of the
- network directory. You do this by dragging and dropping
- your desired contacts into the local contacts list.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To prevent excess network traffic,
- Evolution will not normally
- load data from the LDAP server immediately upon
- opening. You must click <guilabel>Display
- All</guilabel> before contacts will be loaded
- from the network. You can change this behavior in the
- <interface>Contact Preferences</interface> window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Depending on your server settings, you may not be able to edit
- all the fields in a contact stored on an LDAP server. Some
- servers prohibit some or all changes, and others use a smaller
- set of fields than Evolution allows. Check with your system
- administrator if you need different settings.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <sect2 id="usage-contact-sharing-setup">
- <title>Configuring Evolution to use LDAP</title>
- <para>
- For information about setting up
- Evolution to use LDAP, please refer
- to <xref linkend="config-prefs-contact" />
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="contact-automation-basic">
- <title>Send me a Card: Adding New Cards Quickly</title>
- <para>
- As noted before, when you get information about a person in
- the mail or in a calendar entry, you can add it to an address
- card. To do so, right click on any email address or email
- message, and select <guimenuitem>Add Sender to Contacts</guimenuitem> from the menu that appears.
- Evolution can also add cards from a
- hand-held device during HotSync operation. For more
- information about that, see <xref linkend="usage-sync"/>.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
-<!-- Unimplemented features:
- <para>
- You can also use the contacts tool to print postal addresses
- on mailing labels. Future versions of
- Evolution will allow you to you
- export a group of cards to a spreadsheet, database, or word
- processor so you can print address labels or prepare large
- mailings.
- </para> -->
-
-</chapter>
-
-
-
Index: help/C/usage-exchange.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-exchange.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-exchange.xml
--- help/C/usage-exchange.xml 22 Jul 2004 20:19:06 -0000 1.14
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,951 +0,0 @@
- <chapter id="usage-exchange">
- <title>Connecting to Exchange Servers</title>
- <para>The Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange allows Novell
- Evolution clients to access accounts on Microsoft Exchange 2000
- servers. It is available through Novell Red Carpet in its own
- channel. Like Novell Evolution, it is free software and licensed under the
- GPL.
- </para>
-
- <warning id="licensing">
- <title>Requirements</title>
- <para>
- Evolution Connector works only with Exchange 2000 and later, and requires
- that Outlook Web Access be enabled. Each user will need a
- valid Microsoft Exchange server account, including license.
- </para>
- </warning>
-
- <sect1 id="new-in-connector">
-<title>What's New in Connector &appversion;</title>
- <para>
- Evolution Connector &appversion; is primarily a bug-fixing
- release. New features include password management and password
- expiration warnings.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Previous versions of Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange added
- support for the <guilabel>Flag for Followup</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Out of Office</guilabel> feature,
- public folders, delegation, direct booking, and more.
- </para>
-
-</sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="features">
- <title>Connector Features</title>
- <para>
- Evolution
- Connector supports the following basic
- <application>Microsoft Exchange</application> features:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- General
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Remote Exchange Information Store</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Allows you to access mail, address book (including
- Global Address List folder), and calendars, and task
- folders on an Exchange 2000 server from Evolution.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Palm synchronization</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Supported for Contacts and Calendars on Exchange.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Password Management</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To change your password, go to the
- <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> tool and select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Change Exchange
- Password</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. If your
- password has expired, Evolution will ask you to
- change your password when you start up.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Mail
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Viewing Mail in Exchange Folder</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Mail stored on the Exchange server is visible in
- the <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> and <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> tools
- in Evolution. </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Sending Email via Exchange Protocols</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You may use the Microsoft Exchange mail transport
- protocol to send email. Make sure that the address
- you have entered as your email address is exactly
- the one that the Exchange server has on file. This
- may be "yourname exchange-server ximian com" rather
- than "yourname ximian com "
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Calendar
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Meeting Request/Proposal</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Allows Evolution users to
- schedule meetings and view attendee availability for
- other users (Evolution or
- Outlook users) on
- Exchange.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Adding iCalendar Meeting Requests to Calendar</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you receive an iCalendar meeting request and add it
- to your calendar, it will be saved to your
- Exchange calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Contacts
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Address Completion</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Supported for your Exchange
- Contacts folder. Not yet supported for the Global
- Address List.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Adding VCards to Address Book</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you receive a VCard attachment and click
- <guilabel>Save in Address Book</guilabel>, it will
- be saved to your Exchange address book.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>New Address Book entries can be created on
- Exchange from received email
- messages with a single click</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </listitem>
-</itemizedlist>
-</para>
-
-<para>
-There are, however, some features which are not available:
-<itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Work Offline (disconnected mode).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- "Recall Message" function.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="install">
- <title>Installing the Connector</title>
- <para>
- To install the Evolution Connector, run Red Carpet by
- selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Get
- Software</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Subscribe to the Evolution
- Connector for Microsoft Exchange channel, select the Evolution
- Connector for Microsoft
- Exchange2000, and click the
- <guilabel>Install</guilabel> button. You can also install
- the Connector by downloading the individual packages from
- ftp.ximian.com if you wish.
- </para>
-
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="exchange-configure">
- <title>Adding your Exchange Account in Novell Evolution</title>
- <para>
- Once you have installed the Connector, you need to set up access
- for your Exchange account on both the
- Exchange server and within Evolution.
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="config-server">
- <title>Exchange Server Settings</title>
- <para>
- Check with your system administrator to ensure that:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- You have a valid account on the Exchange server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para> You are permitted to access the account with
- WebDAV. This is the default setting for the
- Exchange server, so unless
- your system administrator has specifically turned it
- off, no changes should be necessary.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The Novell website knowledge base, at <ulink type="http"
- url="http://support.ximian.com";>support.ximian.com</ulink>,
- has additional information about checking to make sure that
- your Exchange server will accept
- connections from Novell Evolution.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="config-client">
- <title>Standard Configuration Tool for Evolution Connector</title>
- <para>
- Once you know that your server is ready for you to connect,
- you are ready to add your Exchange account to Evolution Connector.
- </para>
-
-
- <sect3 id="config-easy">
- <title>Simple Configuration Tool for Evolution Connector</title>
- <para>
- Evolution Connector 1.4 comes with a simple account creation tool
- for some installations. Other installations will require
- the standard account tool described in <xref
- linkend="config-client" /> below.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you have no accounts configured,
- the simple assistant will start when you start Novell
- Evolution. It asks only for the name of your Outlook
- Web Access server, and your username and password. Evolution
- Connector will determine the remaining information on its own.
- </para>
- <para>
- If the simple account tool does not run automatically, create
- an account as described below.
- </para>
- </sect3>
-
-
- <sect3 id="config-exchange-new-account">
- <title>Creating a New Exchange Account</title>
-
-
- <para>
- If you would like to create a new account for your Exchange
- server, select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Mail Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- from any mail view. Then click the <guilabel>Add</guilabel>
- button in the accounts list. The account creation assistant
- will guide you through the process, which is also described in
- <xref linkend="usage-mainwindow-starting"/>. If you're not
- sure about any of the information you need, just ask your
- system administrator.
- </para>
-
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Identity</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter your name and email address. If you wish,
- you may add your organization and the location of your
- signature file. Only your name and email address are
- required.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Receiving Mail</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- In this step, you'll enter information about the way
- you check mail:
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- First, select <guilabel>Microsoft
- Exchange</guilabel> as your server type.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the name of your Exchange email server, and
- the user name you would use to log in to a
- Windows workstation in your organization.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you wish, select the box labeled
- <guilabel>Use secure connection
- (SSL)</guilabel>, to take advantage of a more
- secure connection method. This may allow you to
- connect to the server from outside your
- firewall.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the kind of authentication your network
- uses. You can click the <guilabel>Check for Supported
- Types</guilabel> button to see which kinds will work.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you would like Evolution to
- remember your password, check the box labeled
- <guilabel>Remember this password</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Receiving Mail, Step Two</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>There are a few additional options in this step:
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Checking for New Mail: If you would like to
- check for new mail automatically, click the
- checkbox and enter an interval in minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Global Address List/Active Directory: Enter the
- name of your global catalog server (directory
- server). This will allow you to use the Global
- Address List (GAL). Normally,
- Evolution will fetch
- a maximum of 500 responses to any query, but you
- may increase or decrease this number if you
- wish. A lower number decreases load on the
- server, and many servers will refuse to return
- more than 1000 results, no matter how many you
- ask for.
-
- <note id="why-you-need-gal">
- <title>The Global Catalog Server</title>
- <para>
- The Global Catalog server provides you with
- access to the Global Address List,
- free/busy information, and folder delegation
- features. These may not work properly if you do
- not have a Global Catalog server.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Exchange Server: There are two options here:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Exchange mailbox name: Enter your exchange
- mailbox name. The suggested value is
- probably correct.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Outlook Web Access (OWA) Path: In most cases,
- the URL for Outlook Web Access is
- "http://server.company.com/exchange."; If your
- system has a URL that does not end in
- "/exchange," enter the custom path here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Public Folder Server: Enter the name of
- your public folder server here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this
- server: Check this box to filter messages in
- this account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Sending Mail</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Select <guilabel>Microsoft Exchange</guilabel> as
- your email sending method. There is nothing else to do
- in this step.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Account Management</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>Enter a name that you will use to remember this
- account. "Exchange Account" is a good suggestion. Note
- that you cannot have two accounts with the same name.
- If you'd like to make this your default account for
- sending email, check the <guilabel>Make this my default
- account</guilabel> box.</para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <para>
- You're done. Click <guilabel>Finish</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, then quit
- Evolution and start it again. Now
- you're ready to get to work on the Exchange server.
- </para>
-
-
-
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="config-exchange-existing-account">
- <title>Changing an Existing Account to Work with Exchange</title>
- <para>
- If you have an existing email account, and want to convert it
- to use for Exchange, select the account you want to convert
- and click the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> button. You'll want
- to change settings in the following tabs of the account
- dialog:
- </para>
-
- <figure>
- <title>Exchange Account Settings: Identity</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Creating an Exchange Account, Step One: Identity</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-identity" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Identity</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If your email address will change because you are moving
- to a new server, then change it in this tab. Otherwise,
- move to the next tab.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Receiving Mail</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select <guilabel>Microsoft Exchange</guilabel> as your
- server type. Enter your name of your server next to
- <guilabel>Host</guilabel>, and the user name for your
- account next to <guilabel>Username</guilabel>. If your
- server supports SSL (Secure Socket Layer) encryption, it
- you can check the <guilabel>Use SSL</guilabel> box to
- take advantage of more secure data transfers.
-
-
-
- <figure>
- <title>Exchange Account Settings: Receiving Mail</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Creating an Exchange Account, Step Two: Receiving Mail</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-receive" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- </para>
-
-
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Receiving Options</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Here, you'll find some additional settings:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Checking for New Mail</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select whether you would like to check for
- mail automatically, and if so, how often.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Global Address List/Active Directory</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The Global Address List (GAL) is an
- address book for everyone represented in
- your organization's Exchange deployment. To
- use the GAL, click the tab labeled
- <guilabel>Receiving Options</guilabel> and
- enter the name of your Global Catalog
- Server. The GAL is maintained by your
- system administrator and you cannot add,
- change, or remove items from it using
- Novell Evolution. However, you can use it
- to invite people to meetings and to look up
- addresses and other information.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Exchange Server</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If your Exchange server requires you to use a
- different mailbox name from the name you use to
- log in, select the second check-box and enter
- the mailbox name. Check with your system
- administrator to be sure.
- </para>
- <para>
- In most cases, the URL for web access is
- "http://server.company.com/exchange."; If your
- system has a path that is not "exchange," check
- the box and enter the custom path here.
- </para>
- <para>
- If your network uses a different server
- for Public Folders than for personal
- folders, enter its name here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
-
- <figure>
- <title>Exchange Account Settings: Receiving Mail</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Creating an Exchange Account, Step Three: Mail Options</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-receive-options" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Sending Mail</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you will use your Exchange server to send as well as
- receive mail, select <guilabel>Microsoft
- Exchange</guilabel> as your server type, and enter the
- server name as the <guilabel>Host</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- <para>
-
- Once you have made those changes, click the
- <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- <para>
- Then, quit Evolution and start it
- up again. Changes to the Evolution Connector accounts
- configuration are not active until you have restarted the
- application.
- </para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="access">
- <title>Accessing the Exchange Server</title>
-
- <para>
- When you have installed the Connector, an
- <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> button is available in the shortcut
- bar. The <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> tool is used only to
- access public folders and to perform certain Exchange actions
- like delegation and password management. Use the regular
- <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> tool for mail, the
- <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> tool for contacts, and the
- <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> tool for your schedule.
- </para>
-
- <note id="save-to-local-or-exchange">
- <title>Saving Attached Addresses and Appointments</title>
- <para>
- If you are using both an Exchange account and a local mail
- account, you should be aware that whenever you save an email
- address or appointment from an email message, it will be
- saved in your Exchange contacts list or calendar, rather
- than in your local account. The same is true of
- synchronization with Palm-OS devices: tasks, appointments,
- and addresses from your Palm-OS device will be synchronized
- with those in the Exchange folders rather than local
- folders.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <tip id="gal-empty">
- <title>The Global Address List Appears Empty At First</title>
- <para>
- To avoid unnecessary strain on the server, the GAL will
- appear empty until you have searched for something in it.
- If you want to display all the cards in the list, click in
- the search box and press <keycap>Enter</keycap>. This
- enters a blank search: since every card contains a blank in
- it, every card will appear.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="exchange-settings">
- <title>Special Connector Only Settings</title>
- <para>
- There are two items in the Evolution preferences window that
- are available only with Evolution Connector. The first is
- delegation and permissions handling, and the second is the
- creation of "Out of Office" messages.
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="exchange-delegate">
- <title>Access Delegation</title>
- <para>
- You can allow other people in your organization's Global
- Address List to access your calendar, address
- book, and messages, and they can let you manage theirs.
- Delegation allows people to do anything from check on each
- other's schedules to completely manage their personal
- information.
- </para>
-
- <sect3 id="exchange-delegate-to-others">
- <title>Delegating Access to Others</title>
- <para>
- To add someone to your list of delegates, click the
- <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button and select them from the
- Global Address List. When delegating you can grant different
- levels of access to different types of data. You may also
- decide whether the access you grant applies to items marked
- <guilabel>Private</guilabel>, or only to public items.
- </para>
-
-
- <figure>
- <title>Exchange Account Delegation</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Exchange Account Delegation Settings</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/exchange-delegation" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
-
- <para>
- For each of the four types of folder, you may select one of
- the following levels of access:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>None</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Do not allow this person to access any folders of
- this type.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Reviewer (read-only)</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Allow the person to see items in this type of
- folder, but not create new items or edit existing
- items.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Author (read, create)</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The delegate may view items in your folders, and may
- create new items, but may not change any existing items.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Editor (read, create, edit)</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The delegate may view, create, and change items in
- your folders.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect3>
- <sect3 id="exchange-delegated-to-you">
- <title>Acting as a Delegate for Others</title>
- <para>
- To see the list of people who have granted you access to
- their folders, click the <guilabel>Acting as a
- Delegate</guilabel> tab in the Exchange Delegation settings
- window. If you plan to send email on behalf of someone,
- click the checkbox next to their name, and an email identity
- will be created. You can then select that identity in the
- <guilabel>From</guilabel> list in your message composer.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To access the folders delegated to you, do the following:
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Open Other User's Folder</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the email address of the user who
- has delegated to you or click the
- <guilabel>User</guilabel> button to select them from your
- address book.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the folder you wish to open.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- Folders delegated to you appear in your folder list inside a
- folder labeled with the name of their owner. For example, if
- Martha Thompson delegates folders to you, you will see a
- folder called <guilabel>Martha Thompson's Folders</guilabel>
- in the folder tree at the same level as your <guilabel>Personal
- Folders</guilabel> and <guilabel>Public
- Folders</guilabel>.
- </para>
-
- <note id="error">
- <title>Error Messages</title>
- <para>
- If the folder fails to open properly, check with the
- folder owner that you have been granted the correct access
- permissions.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="exchange-out-of-office">
- <title>Setting an Out of Office Message</title>
- <para>
- An <guilabel>Out of Office</guilabel> message is
- an automatic reply that you can send to emails, explaining why
- you aren't going to respond to their message. For example, if
- you go on vacation for a week and will be away from email, you
- can set an automatic reply so that people who write to you know
- that you aren't ignoring them.
- </para>
- <para>
- To create an <guilabel>Out of Office</guilabel> message,
- select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> and then click the <guilabel>Out of
- Office</guilabel> button.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Then, click <guilabel>I am currently
- out of the office.</guilabel>. Then, enter a short message in
- the text entry box. Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- <para>
- Your message will be sent automatically to
- anyone who sends you mail until you return and click
- <guilabel>I am currently in the office</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
-
- </sect1>
-
-
- <sect1 id="full-advantage">
- <title>Scheduling Appointments with Free/Busy</title>
- <para>
- When you schedule a meeting with your calendar on the
- Exchange server, you can check when
- other local Exchange users are busy according to their
- Exchange calendars. To do so:
- </para>
- <figure>
- <title>Scheduling With Free/Busy Information</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Using the Free/Busy Feature</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/schedule" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <note id="reminders-in-exchange">
- <title>Reminders In Exchange</title>
- <para>
- Reminders for appointments in your Exchange calendar will
- not work until you have run Evolution at least once after
- logging in. This is different from locally stored reminders,
- which will work from the moment you log in, regardless of
- whether you have run Evolution in the session.
- </para>
- </note>
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open a new appointment in the calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para> Choose <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Schedule Meeting</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> in the meeting editor window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para> Add attendees, either by entering their email
- addresses into the list, or by clicking the
- <guilabel>Invite Others</guilabel> button. If you choose
- to so, it's best to use the Global Address List (GAL).
- Choose the GAL from the drop-down list of address sources
- at the top of the dialog box.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose <guilabel>Options</guilabel> and then
- <guilabel>Update Free/Busy</guilabel> to check participant
- schedules and, if possible, update the meeting in all
- participants' calendars.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- <tip id="autopick">
- <title>Using Autopick to Adjust Meeting Times</title>
- <para>
- If meeting attendees are not available during the times you
- have scheduled a meeting, you can "nudge" the meeting forward
- or backward to the nearest available time. To do so, just
- click the arrows to the left or right of the
- <guilabel>Autopick</guilabel> button. The Autopick tool will
- move the meeting to the nearest time during which all
- attendees are available. If you aren't satisfied with those
- results, you can drag the edges of the meeting time to the
- hours that you want to select.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
-
Index: help/C/usage-mail-org.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-mail-org.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-mail-org.xml
--- help/C/usage-mail-org.xml 22 Jul 2004 16:18:49 -0000 1.22
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,1305 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="usage-mail-organize">
- <title>Organizing your Email</title>
- <para>
- Even if you only get a few email messages a day, you probably
- want to sort and organize them. When you get a hundred a day
- and you want to refer to a message you received six weeks ago,
- you <emphasis>need</emphasis> to sort and organize them.
- Fortunately, Novell Evolution has the tools
- to help you do it.
- </para>
-
- <sect1 id="importing-mail-and-settings">
- <title>Importing Your Old Email</title>
- <para>
- Evolution allows you to import old
- email and contacts so that you don't need to worry about losing
- your old information.
- </para>
- <sect2 id="importing-mail">
- <title>Importing Single Files</title>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution can import the
- following types of files:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>VCard (.vcf, .gcrd):</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The address book format used by the GNOME, KDE, and
- many other contact management applications. You
- should be able to export to VCard format from any
- address book application.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>iCalendar (.ics):</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- A format for storing calendar files. iCalendar is used by
- PalmOS based handhelds, Evolution, and
- <application>Microsoft Outlook</application>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Microsoft Outlook Express 4 (.mbx):</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Email file format used by Microsoft Outlook Express
- 4. For other versions of Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express, see
- the workaround described in the note below.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>LDAP Data Interchange Format (.LDIF):</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- A standard data format for contact cards.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>MBox (.mbox or null extension):</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The email box format used by Mozilla, Netscape,
- Novell Evolution, Eudora, and many other email clients.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>
- To import your old email:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> after reading the welcome screen.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select <guilabel>Import a single file</guilabel> and click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Indicate the file that you wish to import into Evolution
- and click <guilabel>Forward.</guilabel>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Import</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="importing-preferences">
- <title>Importing Multiple Files</title>
- <para>
- Evolution automates the import process for several
- applications it can recognize.
- </para>
- <para>
- To import your old information:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> after reading the welcome screen.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select <guilabel>Import data and settings from older
- programs</guilabel> and click <guilabel>Forward</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Evolution will search for old mail programs it
- recognizes and, if possible, import data from them.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <note>
- <title>Microsoft Outlook and Outlook Express Users</title>
- <para>
- Microsoft Outlook, and versions of Outlook Express after
- version 4, use proprietary formats that Novell
- Evolution cannot read or import. One migration method that
- works well is to use the
- <application>Outport</application> application (see <ulink
- url="http://outport.sourceforge.net";>outport.sourceforge.net</ulink>
- for information) under Winodws. YOu can also import data
- into another Windows mail client such as Mozilla:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- While using Windows, import the files into Mozilla Mail (or
- another mailer, such as Netscape or Eudora, that uses the
- standard mbox format).
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Copy the files to the system or partition you use for
- Novell Evolution.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Use the Evolution import tool to import the files.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <note>
- <title>Netscape Users</title>
- <para>
- Mozilla and Netscape users will need to choose
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compact All
- Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from within the
- Netscape or Mozilla mail tool. Otherwise,
- Novell Evolution will import and undelete
- the messages in your Trash folders.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-columns">
- <title>Sorting Mail with Column Headers</title>
- <para>
- The message list normally has columns to indicate whether a
- message has been read, whether it has attachments, how important
- it is, and the sender, date, and subject. You can change their
- order and remove them by dragging and dropping them.
- </para>
- <para>
- Right-click on one of the column headers to get a list of
- options:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Sort Ascending</guimenuitem>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- Sorts the messages top to bottom. Similarly,
- <guimenuitem>Sort Descending</guimenuitem> reverses the
- order, and <guilabel>Unsort</guilabel> removes sorting from
- this column, reverting to the order of messages as they were
- added to the folder.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Remove this
- Column</guimenuitem>:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Remove this column from the display. You can also remove
- columns by dragging the header off the list and
- letting it drop.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Add a Column</guimenuitem>:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- When you select this item, a dialog box appears, listing
- the possible columns. Drag the column you want into a
- space between existing column headers. A red arrow will
- show you where the column will be placed.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Best Fit</guimenuitem>:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Automatically adjusts the widths of the columns for the
- most efficient use of space.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Customize Current
- View</guimenuitem>:</term> <listitem><para> Choose this
- item to pick a more complex sort order for messages, or
- to choose which columns of information about your
- messages you wish to display.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-organize-columns-followup">
- <title>Column Sorting with the Follow Up Feature</title>
- <para>
- One way to make sure you don't forget about a message is
- with the <guilabel>Follow Up</guilabel> feature. To use it,
- select one or more messages, and then right-click on one and select
- <guimenuitem>Follow Up</guimenuitem>. A dialog box will open
- and allow you to set the type of flag and the due date.
- </para>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Flag</guilabel> itself is the action you
- want to remind yourself about. Several are provided for you, such as
- <guilabel>Call</guilabel>, <guilabel>Forward</guilabel>, and
- <guilabel>Reply</guilabel>, but you can enter your own note or
- action if you wish. You may set a deadline for the flag
- as well.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once you have added a flag, you can mark it as complete or
- remove it entirely by right-clicking on the message and
- selecting <guilabel>Flag Completed</guilabel> or <guilabel>Clear
- Flag</guilabel>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- When you read a flagged message, its flag status will be
- displayed at the top, before the message headers. An
- overdue message might tell you <guilabel>Overdue: Call by
- April 07, 2003, 5:00 PM</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Flags can help you organize your work in a number of ways. For
- example, you might add a <interface>Flag Status</interface> column to your message
- list and sort that way. Alternately, you could create a vFolder
- that displays all your flagged messages, and clear the flags
- when you're done, so the vFolder contains only messages with
- upcoming deadlines.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you prefer a simpler way to remind yourself about messages, you can
- mark them as "Important" by right-clicking on them and selecting
- <guilabel>Mark Important</guilabel>.
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-folders">
- <title>Getting Organized with Folders</title>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution, like most other mail systems, stores mail in
- folders. You start out with a
- few mail folders, such as <guilabel>Inbox</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Drafts</guilabel>,
- but you can create as many as you like. Create new folders by
- right clicking on the folder list and selecting
- <guimenuitem>New Folder</guimenuitem>.
- </para>
- <para>
- When you click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, your new folder will
- appear in the <interface>folder view</interface>. You can
- then put messages in it by dragging and dropping them, or by
- using the <guilabel>Move</guilabel> button in the
- toolbar. If you want to move several messages at once, click
- on the ones you want to move while holding down the
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key, or use <keycap>Shift</keycap> to
- select a range of messages. If you create a filter with the
- <interface>filter assistant</interface>, you can have mail
- filed automatically.
- </para>
-
- <warning id="imap-subfolders">
- <title>Subfolders in IMAP</title>
- <para>
- The INBOX folder on most IMAP servers cannot contain both
- subfolders and messages. When you create additional folders
- on your IMAP mail server, branch them from the root of the
- IMAP account's folder, tree, not from INBOX. If you create
- subfolders in your INBOX folder, you will lose the ability
- to read messages that exist in your INBOX until you move the
- folders out of the way.
- </para>
- </warning>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-search">
- <title>Searching for Messages</title>
- <para>
- Most mail clients can search through your messages for you,
- but Novell Evolution does it faster than most, thanks to its
- automatic search index.
- </para>
- <para>
- To start searching, enter a word or phrase in the text area
- right below the toolbar, and choose a search type:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Subject contains:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This will show you messages where the search text is
- in the subject line. It will not search in the
- message body.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Subject does not contain:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Finds messages that do not contain the search text in
- the subject.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Sender contains:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Finds messages whose From: header contains a match for your search text.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Recipients contain:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Finds messages with the search text in the To: and Cc:
- headers.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guilabel>Body contains</guilabel>:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This will search only in message text, not the subject
- lines.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Body does not contain:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This finds every email message that does not have the
- search text in the message body. It will still show
- messages that have the search text in the subject
- line, if it is not also in the body.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Body or subject contains</guilabel>:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This will search message subjects and the messages
- themselves for the word or phrase you've entered in
- the search field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guilabel>Message contains:</guilabel></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Searches the message body and all headers for the
- entered text.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- When you've entered your search phrase, press
- <keycap>Enter</keycap> or click the <guilabel>Find
- Now</guilabel> button. Evolution will show your search results
- in the message list.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For more complex search rules, select
- <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> from the
- <guilabel>Search</guilabel> menu. You may want to create a
- vFolder instead; see <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders" /> for more detail.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- When you're done with the search, go back to seeing all your
- messages by clicking the <guimenuitem>Clear</guimenuitem> button,
- or by entering a blank search.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You'll see a similar approach to sorting messages when you
- create filters and vFolders in the next few sections.
- </para>
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-spam">
- <title>Stopping Junk Mail (Spam)</title>
- <para>
- Evolution can check for junk mail for you. When the software
- detects mail that appears to be junk mail, it will flag it and
- hide it from your view. Messages that are flagged as junk mail
- are displayed only in the <guilabel>Junk</guilabel> folder.
- </para>
- <para>
- The junk mail filter can "learn" which kinds of mail are
- legitimate and which are not if you train it. When you first
- start using junk mail blocking, check the
- <guilabel>Junk</guilabel> folder
- to be sure that legitimate mail doesn't get flagged as junk
- mail. If good mail, also known as "ham," is mis-flagged, remove
- it from the <guilabel>Junk</guilabel> folder by right-clicking
- on it and selecting <guilabel>Mark as Not Junk</guilabel>. If
- Evolution misses junk mail, right-click it and select
- <guilabel>Mark as Junk</guilabel>. When you correct it, the
- filter will be able to recognize similar messages in the future,
- and will become more accurate as time goes on.
- </para>
- <para>
- To change your junk mail filtering preferences, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> and click the <guilabel>Mail Preferences</guilabel>
- button. In the mail preferences tool, select the
- <guilabel>Junk</guilabel> tab. Here, you have several options:
- </para>
-
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Check incoming mail for junk</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This option turns automatic junk mail filtering on or off.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Include remote tests</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- This option uses tests that require a network connection,
- such as checking to see if a message is in a list of known
- junk messages, or if the sender or gateway are blacklisted by
- anti-spam organizations. Remote tests add to the amount of
- time it takes to check for junk mail, but increase accuracy.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
-<!-- This is apparently gone _____________________________
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Use Daemon</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you select this option, Evolution will try to use the mail
- filtering daemon <command>spamd</command> if it is available.
- Using the daemon can improve filtering speed, but the daemon
- must already be running. Starting a daemon normally requires
- root privileges, but you may be able to use it as non-root,
- depending on your OS and configuration.
- </para>
- <para>
- You can can start spamd with the command
- <command>/etc/init.d/spamd start</command>, or if you prefer,
- have it started automatically by editing your system services
- (for SUSE systems, this is the "Runlevel Editor" in
- YAST). More traditional UNIX users, of course, know how
- to put links to the initialization script in the
- <command>/etc/rc5.d/</command> or <command>/etc/rc3.d</command>
- directory.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-__________________________ -->
-
-
-</variablelist>
-</sect1>
-
-
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-filters">
- <title>Create Rules to Automatically Organize Mail</title>
- <para>
- Filters work very much like the mail room in a large company.
- Their purpose is to bundle, sort, and distribute mail to the
- various folders. In addition, you can have multiple filters
- performing multiple actions that may effect the same message
- in several ways. For example, your filters could put copies
- of one message into multiple folders, or keep a copy and send
- one to another person as well, and it can do that quickly. Of
- course, it's also faster and more flexible than an actual
- person with a pile of envelopes.
- </para>
-
-
- <tip id="easy-filter">
- <title>Quick Filter Creation</title>
- <para>
- There is an easy shortcut for fast filter or vFolder
- creation. Right-click on the message in the message
- list, and select one of the items under the
- <guimenuitem>Create Rule from Message</guimenuitem>
- submenu. Creating a rule based on a message opens the filter
- creation tool with some of the information about the
- message already filled in for your convenience.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-org-filters-new">
- <title>Creating New Filter Rules</title>
- <para>
- To create a new filter rule:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Filters...</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press the <guilabel>Add</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Name your filter in the <guilabel>Rule name</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Define the criteria for the filter in the
- <guilabel>If</guilabel> section. For each filter
- criterion, you must first select which of the following
- parts of the message you want the filter to examine:
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Sender - The sender's address.
- </para></listitem>
-
-
- <listitem><para>
- Recipients - The recipients of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Subject - The subject line of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Specific Header - The filter can look at any header you
- want, even obscure or custom ones. Enter the header name
- in the first text box, and put your search text in the
- second one.
-
-
- <note id="multiple-repeated-headers">
- <title>Repeated Headers</title>
- <para>
- If a message uses a header more than once, Evolution will
- pay attention only to the first instance, even if the
- message defines the header differently the second
- time. For example, if a message declares the Resent-From:
- header as "engineering rupertcorp com" and then restates
- it as "marketing rupertcorp com," Evolution will filter as
- though the second declaration had not occurred. To filter
- on messages that use headers multiple times, use a regular
- expression.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Message Body - Search in the actual text of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Expression - For programmers only: match a message according to an
- expression you write in the Scheme language, used to
- define filters in Novell Evolution.
- </para>
-
-<para>
-</para>
- </listitem>
-
-
-
- <listitem><para> Date sent - Filter messages according to the date on
- which they were sent: First, choose the conditions you
- want a message to meet:<guilabel>before</guilabel>
- a given time, <guilabel>after</guilabel> it, and so forth.
- Then, choose the time. The filter will compare the
- message's time-stamp to the system clock when the filter
- is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a
- calendar. You can even have it look for messages within a
- range of time relative to the filter, such as two to four
- days ago.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Date Received - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel>
- option, except that it compares the time you got the message
- with the dates you specify.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Label - Messages may have labels of
- <guilabel>Important</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Work</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Personal</guilabel>, <guilabel>To
- Do</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Later</guilabel>. You
- can set these labels with other filters or by hand.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Score - Set the message score to any whole number greater than
- 0. You can have one filter set or change a message
- score, and then set up another filter to move the
- messages you have scored. A message score is not based
- on anything in particular: it is simply a number you
- can assign to messages so other filters can process them.
- </para></listitem>
-
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Size (kB) - Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Status - Filters according to the status of a
- message. Status may be <guilabel>Replied
- To</guilabel>, <guilabel>Draft</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Important</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Read</guilabel>, or
- <guilabel>Junk</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Flagged - Check whether the message is flagged for follow-up.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Attachments - Create a filter based on whether you
- have an attachment in the email.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Mailing List - Filter based on the mailing list
- the message came from. This filter may miss
- messages from some list servers, because Filtering
- it checks for the
- <computeroutput>X-BeenThere</computeroutput>
- header, used to identify mailing lists or other
- redistributors of mail. Mail from list servers
- which do not set
- <computeroutput>X-BeenThere</computeroutput>
- properly will not be caught by these filters.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Regex Match: If you know your way around a
- <link
- linkend="regular-expression">regex</link>, or
- regular expression, put your knowledge to use
- here. This allows you to search for complex
- patterns of letters, so that you can find, for
- example, all words that start with a and ends with
- m, and are between six and fifteen letters long,
- or all messages that declare a particular header
- twice. For information about how to use regular
- expressions, check the manual page for the
- <command>grep</command> command.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Source Account - Filter messages according the
- server you got them from. This is most useful if
- you use multiple POP mail accounts.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Pipe to Program - Evolution can use
- an external command to process a message, then
- process it based on the return value. Commands
- used in this way must return an integer. This is
- most commonly used to add an external junk mail
- filter.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Junk Test - Filter based on the results of the
- junk mail test.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the criterion for the condition. If you want multiple
- criteria for this filter, press <guilabel>Add
- criterion</guilabel> and repeat the previous step.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the actions for the filter in the
- <guilabel>Then</guilabel>
- section. You can select any of the following options.
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Move to Folder - Move the message into a folder you specify. Click the
- <guilabel><click here to select a folder></guilabel> button
- to select the destination folder.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Copy to Folder - Put a copy of the message into a folder you specify. Click the
- <guilabel><click here to select a folder></guilabel> button
- to select the destination folder.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Delete - Marks the message for deletion. The
- message can be undeleted until you manually
- <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem>.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Stop Processing - Select this if you want to tell all other filters to ignore
- this message, because whatever you've done with it so far
- is plenty.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Assign Color - Mark the message with a color of your choice.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Assign Score - Assign the message a numeric score.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Adjust Score - Change the numeric score by the amount you set here.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Set Status - Set the status of the message. Status may be <guilabel>Replied
- To</guilabel>, <guilabel>Draft</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Important</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Read</guilabel>, or
- <guilabel>Junk</guilabel>.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Unset Status - If the message has a status value,
- unset it. If a status value is not set, do
- nothing.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Beep - Make the system beep.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Play Sound - Select a sound file, and Evolution will play it.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Run Program - Evolution will run an application.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Pipe to Program - Send the message to a program of your choice. No return value
- is expected. This feature can be used to create automatic web postings
- from email messages or to perform additional message
- post-processing not supported by Evolution.
- </para></listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Add Action - If you want to add multiple actions for this filter, press
- <guilabel>Add action</guilabel> and repeat the previous step.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Add a Rule</guilabel> dialog.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel>
- window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <note id="when-filters-go-wrong">
- <title>When Are Filters Applied?</title>
- <para>
- For POP mail, filters are applied as messages are
- downloaded. For IMAP mail, filters are applied to new
- messages when you enter the INBOX folder. On Exchange
- servers, filters are not applied until you enter
- your INBOX folder and select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Apply
- Filters</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or press
- <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo>.
- To force your filters to act on all messages in the folder,
- select the entire folder
- (<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>A</keycap></keycombo>)
- and then apply the filters
- (<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Y</keycap></keycombo>.)
- </para>
- </note>
-
-
- <figure id="usage-mail-filter-fig-createrule">
- <title>Creating a Mail Filter</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Creating a Mail Filter</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/filter-new-fig" format="PNG"
- srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>
- If you have several filters that match a single message,
- they will all be applied to the message in order, unless
- one of the filters has the action <guilabel>Stop
- Processing</guilabel>. If you use that action in a
- filter, the messages that it affects will not be touched
- by other filters.
- </para>
- <para>
- When you first open the filters dialog, you are shown the
- list of filters sorted in the order in which they will be
- applied. You can move them up and down in the priority list
- by clicking the <guilabel>Up</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Down</guilabel> buttons.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="filters-edit">
- <title>Editing Filters</title>
- <para>
- To edit a filter:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Filters</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the filter in the <guilabel>Filter Rules</guilabel> section
- and press <guilabel>Edit</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Change the desired settings.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Add a Rule</guilabel> dialog.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Filters</guilabel>
- window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="filters-deleting">
- <title>Deleting Filters</title>
- <para>
- To delete a filter:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Filters</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the filter and press <guilabel>Remove</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the filter manager
- window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- <note>
- <title>Changing Folder Names and Filters</title>
- <para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Incoming email that your filters don't move goes
- into the Inbox; outgoing mail that they don't move
- ends up in the Sent folder. So be sure to change
- the filters that go with it.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </note>
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">
- <title>Getting Really Organized with vFolders</title>
- <para>
- If filters aren't flexible enough for you, or you find
- yourself performing the same search again and again, consider
- a vFolder. vFolders, or virtual folders, are an advanced way
- of viewing your email messages within
- Novell Evolution. If you get a lot of
- mail or often forget where you put messages, vFolders
- can help you stay on top of things.
- </para>
- <para>
- A vFolder is really a hybrid of all the other organizational
- tools: it looks like a folder, it acts like a search, and you
- set it up like a filter. In other words, while a conventional
- folder actually contains messages, a vFolder is a view of
- messages that may be in several different folders. The
- messages it contains are determined on the fly using a set of
- criteria you choose in advance.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- As messages that meet the vFolder criteria arrive or are
- deleted, Evolution will automatically adjust the vFolder
- contents. When you delete a message, it gets erased from the
- folder in which it actually exists, as well as any vFolders
- that display it.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Imagine a business trying to keep track of mail from hundreds
- of vendors and clients, or a university with overlapping and
- changing groups of faculty, staff, administrators and
- students. The more mail you need to organize, the less you
- can afford the sort of confusion that stems from an
- organizational system that's not flexible enough. vFolders
- make for better organization because they can accept
- overlapping groups in a way that regular folders and filing
- systems can't.
- </para>
-
-
- <note id="unmatched-vfolder">
- <title>The "Unmatched" vFolder</title>
- <para>
- The Unmatched vFolder is the opposite of the others: it
- displays whatever messages do not appear in other vFolders.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you use remote email storage like IMAP or Microsoft
- Exchange, and have created vFolders to search through them,
- the Unmatched vFolder will follow your lead, and search the
- remote folders as well. If you do not create any vFolders that
- search in remote mail stores, the Unmatched vFolder will not
- search in them either.
- </para>
- </note>
-
-
- <example id="usage-mail-organize-vfolders-ex">
- <title>Using Folders, Searches, and vFolders</title>
- <para>
- To organize his mailbox, Jim sets up a virtual folder for emails from
- his friend and co-worker Anna. He has another one for messages that
- have novell.com in the address and Novell Evolution in the subject line, so he
- can keep a record of what people from work send him about
- Evolution. If Anna sends him a message about
- anything other than Novell Evolution, it only shows up in the "Anna" folder.
- When Anna sends him mail about the user interface for
- Evolution, he can see that message both in
- the "Anna" vFolder and in the "Internal Evolution Discussion"
- vFolder.
- </para>
- </example>
-
- <!-- (INSERT SCREENSHOT HERE: vFolders in action) -->
-
- <sect2 id="vfolder-create">
- <title>Creating vFolders</title>
- <para>
- To create a vFolder:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Virtual Folder Editor</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Add</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Name your vFolder in the <guilabel>Rule name</guilabel> field.
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select your search criteria. For each criterion, you
- must first select which of the following parts of the
- message you want the search to examine. The criteria are
- similar to those for filters:
-
- <figure id="usage-mail-vfolder-fig-createrule">
- <title>Selecting a vFolder Rule</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Creating a vFolder Rule</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/vfolder-createrule-fig" format="PNG"
- srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </para>
- <para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para>
- Sender - The sender's address.
- </para></listitem>
-
-
- <listitem><para>
- Recipients - The recipients of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Subject - The subject line of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
-
- <listitem><para>
- Message Body - Search in the actual text of the message.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Expression - For programmers only: match a message according to an
- expression you write in Scheme.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para> Date sent - Search messages according to the date on
- which they were sent: First, choose the conditions you
- want a message to meet: <guilabel>before</guilabel>
- a given time, <guilabel>after</guilabel> it, and so forth.
- Then, choose the time. The vFolder will compare the
- message's time-stamp to the system clock when the filter
- is run, or to a specific time and date you choose from a
- calendar. You can also have it look for messages within a
- range of time relative to the filter.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Date Received - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Date Sent</guilabel>
- option, except that it compares the time you got the message
- with the dates you specify.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Label - This works the same way as the <guilabel>Score</guilabel>
- option, although it allows you to select from various labels applied to the message,
- such as <guilabel>Important, Personal, To Do,
- Work</guilabel> or <guilabel>Later</guilabel>.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Score - a numeric score that you can assign to
- messages using filters
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Size (kB) - Sorts based on the size of the message in kilobytes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Status - Searches according to the status of a message, such as
- 'Draft'.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Follow Up - Checks whether you have flagged the message for follow up.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Attachments - Create a vFolder based on whether or not you have an
- attachment in the email.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Mailing List - Search based on the mailing list it came from.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the folders in which this vFolder will search. Your options are:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Specific folders only - Use individual folders for the vFolder to
- use as its sources.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- With all local folders
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- With all active remote folders - Remote folders
- are considered active if you are connected to the
- server; you must be connected to your mail server
- for the vFolder to include any messages from that
- source.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- With all local and active remote folders
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> in the vFolder editing tool and in the vFolder list dialog boxes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
Index: help/C/usage-mail.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-mail.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-mail.xml
--- help/C/usage-mail.xml 22 Jul 2004 20:19:06 -0000 1.19
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,1908 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="usage-mail">
- <title>Getting and Sending Email</title>
- <para>
- This chapter, and <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize"/>, will
- provide you with an in-depth guide to the capabilities of
- Evolution as a mail client. For information about how to set up
- your mail account, see <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail"/>.
- </para>
-
- <note>
- <title>If you use IMAP Mail</title>
- <para>
- If you chose IMAP mail during the setup process, you must
- subscribe to your mail folders before you can read mail in
- them. Read <xref linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/> to find out
- how.
- </para>
- </note>
-
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-read">
- <title>Reading Mail</title>
- <para>
- If you are not already viewing mail, switch to the mail tool by clicking the
- <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> button in the shortcut bar. To read a message,
- select it in the message list; if you'd like to see it in its
- own window, double-click on it, or press <keycap>Return</keycap> or
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>O</keycap>
- </keycombo>.
- </para>
-
-
- <tip id="spaceandbs">
- <title>Reading Mail with the Keyboard</title>
- <para>
- You can click the space bar to page down while you're reading
- an email, and press <keycap>Backspace</keycap> to page up in an email.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Navigate the message list by pressing the arrow keys up
- and down. To go to the next and previous
- <emphasis>unread</emphasis> messages, press the
- <keycap>.</keycap> (period) or <keycap>,</keycap> (comma)
- keys. On most keyboards, these keys are also marked
- with the > and < symbols, which makes a convenient way
- to remember that they move you forward and backward in your
- message list. You can also use <keycap>]</keycap> (close
- bracket) for the next unread message, and <keycap>[</keycap>
- (open bracket) for the previous unread message.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-listorder">
- <title>Sorting the message list</title>
- <para>
- Evolution helps you work by letting you sort
- your email. To sort by sender, subject, or date, click
- on the bars with those labels at the top of the message
- list. The direction of the arrow next to the label indicates
- the direction of the sort, and if you click again, you'll
- sort them in reverse order. For example, click once on
- <guilabel>Date</guilabel> to sort messages by date from
- oldest to newest. Click again, and
- Evolution sorts the list from
- newest to oldest. You can also right-click on the message
- header bars to get a set of sorting options, and add or
- remove columns from the message list. You can find detailed
- instructions on how to customize your message display
- columns in <xref linkend="usage-mail-organize-columns"/>.
- </para>
-
- <tip id="view-headers">
- <title>Email Headers</title>
- <para>
- To look at the complete headers for a message, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Message
- Display</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Show Full
- Headers</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. To see absolutely every
- bit of the message data, choose
- <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guisubmenu>Message
- Display</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Show Email Source
- </guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- <para>
- You can also choose a threaded message view. Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Threaded</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- to turn the threaded view on or off. When you select this option,
- Evolution groups the replies to a
- message with the original, so you can follow the thread of a
- conversation from one message to the next.
- </para>
- <figure>
- <title>Message Threading In Action</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Message Threading In Action</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject>
- <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/mail-threaded" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-delete">
- <title>Deleting Mail</title>
- <para>
- Once you've read your mail, you may want to get rid of
- it. To delete a message, select it and press the
- <keycap>Delete</keycap> key, click the trash button,
- or right click on the message and choose
- <guilabel>Delete</guilabel>.
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>Hide and Show Deleted Messages</title>
- <para>
- When you press <guilabel>Delete</guilabel> or click
- the trash button, your mail isn't actually deleted,
- but is marked for deletion. Your email is not gone
- until you have expunged it. When you "Expunge" a
- folder, you remove all the mail that you have marked
- for deletion.
- </para>
- <para>
- To show deleted messages, select the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Hide
- Deleted Messages</guimenuitem></menuchoice> toggle. You can also find
- deleted messages in the your
- <guilabel>Trash</guilabel> folder.
- </para>
- </note>
- <para>
- To permanently erase all the deleted messages in a
- folder, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Expunge</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- or press
- <keycombo action="simul">
- <keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>E</keycap>
- </keycombo>. To expunge all folders at once, select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>Trash is Actually a vFolder?</title>
- <para>
- Both local and IMAP Trash folders are actually vFolders that
- display all messages you have marked for later deletion.
- For more information about vFolders, see <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders"/>. Since emptying
- your trash expunges the messages in your Trash folder,
- choosing <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Empty Trash</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> is the
- same as expunging deleted mail from <emphasis>all</emphasis>
- your folders.
- </para>
- <para>
- This is not, however, true for the Trash folder on Exchange
- servers, which behaves just the same as it would in
- Outlook. That is to say, the Trash folder on an Exchange
- server is a normal folder with actual messages in it.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-undelete">
- <title>Undeleting Messages</title>
- <para>
- You can undelete a message that has been deleted but not expunged. To undelete a message, select it and
- press <keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>U</keycap></keycombo>
- or choose <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Undelete</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>What does Undelete actually do?</title>
- <para>
- If you have marked a message for deletion, undeleting
- it will unmark it, and the message will be removed
- from the Trash folder. However, you cannot undelete
- messages that have been expunged.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get">
- <title>Checking for New Mail</title>
- <para>
- Now that you've had a look around the
- <interface>Inbox</interface>, it's time to check for new mail.
- Click <guilabel>Send/Receive</guilabel> in the toolbar to check
- your mail. If you haven't entered any mail settings yet, the
- <interface>setup assistant</interface> will ask you for the
- information it needs to check your email.
- </para>
-
-
- <para>
- If this is your first time checking mail, or you
- haven't asked Evolution to store your
- password, you'll be prompted for the password. Enter your
- password and your email will be downloaded.
- </para>
- <note id="badmailsettings">
- <title>Can't Check Mail?</title>
- <para>
- If you get an error message instead of mail, you probably need
- to check your network settings. To learn how to do that, have
- a look at <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail"/>, or ask your
- system administrator.
- </para>
- </note>
-
-
-
- <tip>
- <title>Sharing Mailboxes with Other Mail Programs</title>
- <para>
- If you want to use Evolution
- and another email client, such as
- Mutt, at the same time,
- here's how:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Download your mail in the other application as
- you would normally.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- In Evolution, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>
- Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Go to the
- Mail Accounts configuration tool, and pick the account
- you'd like to use to share mail. You may want to
- create a new account just for this source of
- mail.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Under the <guilabel>Receiving Mail</guilabel>
- tab, select the type of mail file that your
- other mail application uses, and then enter the
- full path to that location. A typical choice
- would be mbox files, with the path /home/username/Mail/.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </tip>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-news">
- <title>Using Evolution for News</title>
- <para>
- USENET newsgroups are so similar to mail that it's often convenient to read
- news and mail side by side. You can add a news source, called an
- NNTP server, the same way you would a new email account, selecting
- <guilabel>USENET News</guilabel> as the source type.
- The news server will appear as a remote mail server, and each news
- group works like an IMAP folder. When you click
- <guilabel>Send/Receive</guilabel>, Evolution will
- also check for news messages.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To subscribe to a news group, select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Subscribe To
- Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select your NNTP account. Then, select
- the groups you want to subscribe to.
- </para>
-
-
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach">
- <title>Working with Attachments and HTML Mail</title>
- <para>
- If someone sends you an <link linkend="attachment">attachment</link>,
- a file attached to an email,
- Evolution will display the file
- at the bottom of the message to which it's attached. Text,
- including HTML formatting and embedded images, will appear
- as part of the message, rather than at the end of the
- message as an attachment.
- </para>
-
- <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-actions">
- <title>Saving or Opening Attachments</title>
- <para>
- If you get an attachment with an email message,
- Evolution can help you save
- it or open it with the appropriate applications.
- </para>
- <para>
- To save an attachment to disk:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the downward pointing arrow on the attachment icon
- and select <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose a location and name for the file.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To open an attachment using another application:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the arrow next the attachment icon.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the program you'd like to use. It will start up
- and open the document.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- The options available for an attachment will vary depending
- on the type of attachment and the applications your system has
- installed. For example, attached word processor files can be
- opened in OpenOffice.org or another word processor, while
- compressed archive files can be opened in the File Roller
- application.
- </para>
- </sect3>
-
- <sect3 id="usage-mail-getnsend-get-attach-html">
- <title>Inline Images in HTML Mail</title>
- <para>
- When someone sends you HTML mail that includes an image in
- the body of the message (for example, the welcome message in your
- Inbox) Evolution
- will display the image inside the message. You can create
- messages like this by using the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Insert</guimenu><guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- tool in the message composer. Alternately, just drag
- an image into the message composition area.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Some images are linked in to messages, rather than being part
- of them. Evolution can download those images from the
- Internet, but will not do so unless you request it
- specifically. This is because remotely hosted
- images can be slow to load and display, and can even be used
- by spammers to track who reads their email. Having images
- not load automatically helps protect your privacy.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you want the images to load for one message, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>Message Display</guisubmenu>
- <guimenuitem>Load Images</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
-
- If you want Evolution to
- load remotely hosted images more often, select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and click the <guilabel>Mail Preferences</guilabel>
- button. There, click the <guilabel>HTML
- Mail</guilabel> tab and select one of the items there:
- <guilabel>Never load images off the net</guilabel>,
- <guilabel>Load images in mail from contacts</guilabel>, or <guilabel>Always load images off the
- net.</guilabel>
- </para>
- <note id="http-proxy">
- <title>Loading Images from the Net through an HTTP Proxy</title>
- <para>
- If you use an HTTP proxy (as in many large organizations),
- Evolution must be able to find
- it through the <systemitem>gnome-vfs</systemitem> subsystem
- before it can load images from the Internet.
- </para>
- <para>
-
- To set up your proxy, go to the GNOME Control Center by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- from your menu panel or from the GNOME menu, and then click
- the <guilabel>Network Proxies</guilabel> button. Select the
- <guilabel>Use an HTTP network proxy</guilabel> check box and
- then enter information about your proxy. If you are not sure,
- check with your ISP or system administrator. If you are not
- using GNOME, or are not sure how to access the control
- center, you can run the command
- <command>gnome-network-preferences</command> to start the
- proxy settings tool.
- </para>
-
- </note>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send">
- <title>Composing New Email Messages</title>
- <para>
- You can start writing a new email message by selecting
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guisubmenu>New</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>
- Mail Message</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or, while you are in
- the Mail tool,
- pressing<keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo>
- or clicking the <guilabel>New</guilabel> button in the
- toolbar.
- </para>
-
-<!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
- <figure id="usage-mail-newmsg-fig">
- <title>New Message Window</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/newmsg" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->
-
- <para>
- Enter an address in the <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field. If you
- wish, enter a subject in the <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel>, and
- a message in the box at the bottom of the window.
- Once you have written your message, press
- <guilabel>Send</guilabel>.
- </para>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-charsets">
- <title>Unicode, ASCII, and Non-Latin Alphabets</title>
-
- <para>
- If you want to write in a non-Latin alphabet while using a
- Latin keyboard, try selecting a different input method in
- the message composer. Right-click on the message composition
- area and select from the <guimenu>Input Methods</guimenu>
- menu, then begin typing. The actual keys vary by language and
- input style. For example, the Cyrillic input method uses
- transliterated Latin keyboard combinations to get the Cyrillic
- alphabet, combining letters where necessary. "Zh" and "ya"
- produce the appropriate single Cyrillic letters, and the
- single-quote ' produces a soft-sign character.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For greater language display capabilities, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and check
- the character set choices in the <guilabel>Mail
- Preferences</guilabel> and <guilabel>Composer
- Preferences</guilabel> sections. If you aren't sure which one
- to choose, go ahead and choose UTF-8, which offers the
- greatest range of character displays for the greatest range of
- languages.
- </para>
-
- <note><title>What is a character set?</title>
-
- <para>
- A character set is a computer's version of an alphabet. In the
- past, the ASCII character set was used almost
- universally. However, it contained only 128 characters,
- meaning it was unable to display characters in Cyrillic,
- Kanjii, or other non-Latin alphabets. To get around language
- display problems, programmers developed a variety of mostly
- incompatible ways to work around their language display
- problems, and today, many human languages have their own
- specific character sets, and items written in other character
- sets will display incorrectly. Eventually, standards
- organizations developed the Unicode character set UTF-8 to
- provide a single compatible set of codes for everyone.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Most email messages state in advance which character set they
- use, so Evolution usually knows what to display for a given
- binary number. However, if you find that messages are
- displayed as rows of incomprehensible characters, try
- selecting a different character set in the mail settings
- screen. If your recipients can't read your messages, try
- selecting a different character set in the composer options
- dialog. For some languages, such as Turkish or Korean, it may
- work best for you to select the language-specific character
- set. However, the best choice for most users is UTF-8, which
- offers the widest range of characters for the widest range of
- languages.
- </para>
- </note>
-
-
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-delay">
- <title>Sending Composed Messages Later</title>
- <para>
- Evolution will normally send
- mail as soon as you click the <guilabel>Send</guilabel>
- button. However, there are a few ways you can save a
- message to be sent later:
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you are offline when you click <guilabel>Send</guilabel>,
- Evolution will add your
- message to the <guilabel>Outbox</guilabel> queue. The
- next time you connect to the Internet and send or
- receive mail, that message will be sent.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- Choose
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save Draft</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- to store your messages in the drafts folder for later
- revision.
- </para></listitem>
-
- <listitem><para>
- If you prefer to save your message as a text file,
- choose
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>File</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice> and then choose a
- file name.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-offline">
- <title>Working Offline</title>
-
- <para>
- Offline mode is a tool designed for use with remote mail
- storage systems like GroupWise, IMAP or Exchange,
- in situations where you will not be connected to
- the network at all times. It will keep a local copy of one or
- more folders and allow you to compose messages, storing them
- in your Outbox to be sent the next time you connect.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- While POP mail downloads all messages to your local system,
- other connections usually download just the headers, and fetch
- the rest only when you want to read the message. Before you
- go offline, Evolution will download the unread messages from
- the folders you have chosen to store.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To mark a folder for offline use, right click on the folder and
- select <guilabel>Properties</guilabel>, then check the box
- marked <guilabel>Copy folder content locally for offline
- operation.</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Your connection status is shown by the small icon in the lower
- left border of the Evolution main window. When you are online,
- it will display two connected cables. When you go offline, the
- cables will separate.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- To cache your selected folders and disconnect from the
- network, select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Work
- Offline</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or click the
- connection status icon in the lower left of the screen. When you
- want to reconnect, choose
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Work
- Online</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or click the connection
- status icon again.
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-compose">
- <title>Attachments</title>
- <para>
- To attach a file to your email:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Push the attach button in the composer toolbar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the file you want to attach.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- You can drag a file into the address area or to the
- attachment portion of the composer
- window. If you are attaching an image and wish to send it
- inline rather than attached, drag the image into the text
- composition area of the composer window. Non-image files
- cannot be dragged into the text composition area.
- </para>
- <para>
- The attachment display area is at the bottom of the
- composer window; you can expand or shrink it by clicking the
- small triangle in its upper right corner.
- </para>
- <para>
- When you send the message, a copy of the attached file
- will go with it. Be aware that big attachments may take a
- long time to send and receive.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to-types">
- <title>Specifying Extra Recipients for Email</title>
- <para>
- Evolution, like most email
- programs, recognizes three types of addressee: primary
- recipients, secondary recipients, and hidden ("blind")
- recipients. The simplest way to direct a message is to put
- the email address or addresses in the
- <guilabel>To:</guilabel> field, which denotes primary
- recipients. To send mail to more than one or two people,
- you can use the <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- <para>
- Hearkening back to the dark ages when people used
- typewriters and there were no copy machines, "Cc" stands
- for "Carbon Copy." Use it whenever you want to share a
- message you've written to someone else.
- </para>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> is a little more complex. You
- use it like <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>, but people on the
- <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> list are hidden from the other
- recipients of the message. Use it to send mail to large
- groups of people, especially if they don't know each other
- or if privacy is a concern. If your <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> field is absent, click
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Bcc Field</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
-
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you frequently write email to the same groups of people,
- you can create address lists in the contacts tool, and
- then send them mail as though they had a single address.
- To learn how to do that, read <xref
- linkend="usage-contact-organize-group-list"/>.
- </para>
-
- <tip id="reply-to-per-mail">
- <title>Setting Reply-to On a Per-Mail Basis</title>
- <para>
- Evolution has the ability to
- let you specify the Reply-To in an email. Using this, you
- can setup a special Reply-To for an email. To do this:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open a composer window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open the Reply-To field by selecting
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>View</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Reply To</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the address you wish to have be the
- Reply-To address in the new Reply-To field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </tip>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-to">
- <title>Choosing Recipients Quickly</title>
- <para>
- If you have created address cards in the contacts tool,
- you can also enter nicknames or other portions of address
- data, and Evolution will offer a
- drop down list of possible address completions from your
- contacts. If you enter a name or nickname that can go
- with more than one card, Evolution will open a dialog box to
- ask you which person you meant.
-
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If Evolution does not complete addresses automatically, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- and click the <guilabel>Autocompletion</guilabel>
- button. There, select the groups of contacts you want to use
- for address autocompletion in the mailer.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Alternately, you can click on the
- <guilabel>To:</guilabel>, <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel>, or
- <guilabel>Bcc:</guilabel> buttons to get a list
- of the email addresses
- in your contacts. Select addresses and click on
- the arrows to move them into the appropriate address
- columns.
- </para>
- <para>
- For more information about using email together with the
- contact manager and the calendar, see <xref
- linkend="contact-automation-basic"/> and <xref
- linkend="usage-calendar-apts"/>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-reply">
- <title>Replying to Email Messages</title>
- <para>
- To reply to a message, press the
- <guilabel>Reply</guilabel> button while it is selected,
- or choose <guimenuitem>Reply to Sender</guimenuitem> from
- the message's right-click menu. That will open the
- <interface>message composer</interface>. The
- <guilabel>To:</guilabel> and <guilabel>Subject:</guilabel>
- fields will already be filled, although you can alter them
- if you wish. In addition, the full text of the old message
- is inserted into the new message, either in grey with a
- blue line to one side (for HTML display) or with the >
- character before each line (in plain text mode), to
- indicate that it's part of the previous message. People
- often intersperse their message with the quoted material as
- shown in <xref linkend="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig"/>.
-
- <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
- <figure id="usage-mail-getnsend-reply-fig">
- <title>Reply Message Window</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Evolution Main Window</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/replymsg" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure=================================== -->
- </para>
- <para>
- If you're reading a message with several recipients, you may
- wish to use <guilabel>Reply to All</guilabel> instead of
- <guilabel>Reply</guilabel>. If there are large numbers
- of people in the <guilabel>Cc:</guilabel> or
- <guilabel>To:</guilabel> fields, this can save substantial
- amounts of time.
- <example>
- <title>Using the Reply to All feature</title>
- <para>
- Susan sends an email to a client and sends copies to Tim
- and to an internal company mailing list of co-workers.
- If Tim wants to make a comment for all of them to read,
- he uses <guilabel>Reply to All</guilabel>, but if he
- just wants to tell Susan that he agrees with her, he
- uses <guilabel>Reply</guilabel>. Note that his reply
- will not reach anyone that Susan put on her
- <guilabel>Bcc</guilabel> list, since that list is not
- shared with anyone.
- </para>
- </example>
- </para>
- <para>
- If you're subscribed to a mailing list, and want your reply
- to go just to the list, rather than to the sender, choose
- <guilabel>Reply to List</guilabel> instead of
- <guilabel>Reply</guilabel> or <guilabel>Reply to
- All</guilabel>.
- <note>
- <title>What is a Mailing List?</title>
- <para>
- Mailing Lists are one of the most popular tools for
- group collaboration on the Internet. Here's how they work:
- <simplelist>
- <member>
- Someone sends a message to a single address, like
- <email>evolution ximian com</email>.
- </member>
- <member>
- That address belongs to a program that distributes
- the message to a list of recipients.
- </member>
- </simplelist>
- The mail management program lets individuals subscribe
- to or unsubscribe from the list at will, without
- requiring the message writers to remember the addresses
- of every recipient.
- </para>
- <para>
- Mailing list servers can also let network administrators
- control mail flow, list membership, and even moderate
- the content of mailing lists.
- </para>
- </note>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-find">
- <title>Searching and Replacing with the Composer</title>
- <para>
- You are probably familiar with search and replace features
- in any sort of text-editing software, and if you're familiar with
- regular expressions, you may already know what
- <guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem> does. If you aren't
- among the lucky who already know, here's a quick rundown of
- the automated text searching features that the message
- composer makes available to you.
- </para>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Find</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem><para> Enter a word or phrase, and
- Evolution will find it
- in your message.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Find Regex</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Find a complex pattern of characters, called a
- <link linkend="regular-expression">regular
- expression</link> or "regex" in your composer
- window. If you're not sure what a regular expression
- is, you're probably better off ignoring this feature.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Find Again</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem><para>
- Select this item to repeat the last search you
- performed.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Replace</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem><para>
- Find a word or phrase, and replace it with
- something else.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For all of these menu items, you can choose whether
- to <guilabel>Search Backwards</guilabel> in the document
- from the point where your cursor is. For all but the
- regular expression search (which doesn't need it), you are
- offered a check box to determine whether the search is to
- be <guilabel>Case Sensitive</guilabel> when it determines
- a match.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-send-html">
- <title>Enhance your email with HTML</title>
- <para>
- Normally, you can't set text styles or insert pictures in
- emails, which is why email is often regarded as
- uncommunicative and cold, and why people often resort to
- using far too many exclamation points to convey their
- feelings. However, most newer email programs can display
- images and text styles as well as basic alignment and
- paragraph formatting. They do this with <link
- linkend="html">HTML</link>, just like web pages do.
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>HTML Mail is not a Default Setting</title>
- <para>
- Some people do not have HTML-capable mail clients, or
- prefer not to receive HTML-enhanced mail because it is
- slower to download and display. Because some people may
- prefer not to get HTML mail,
- Evolution sends plain text
- unless you explicitly ask for HTML.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para> You can change the format of an email message between
- plain text and HTML by choosing <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Format</guimenu> <guimenuitem>
- HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- <para>
- To send all your mail as HTML by default, set your mail
- format preferences in the mail configuration dialog. See
- <xref linkend="config-prefs-mail-composer"/> for more
- information.
- </para>
- <para>
- HTML formatting tools are located in the toolbar just above
- the space where you'll actually compose the message. They also
- appear in the <guimenu>Insert</guimenu> and
- <guimenu>Format</guimenu> menus.
- </para>
- <para>
- The icons in the toolbar are explained in <link
- linkend="tooltip">tool-tips</link>, which appear when
- you hold your mouse over the buttons. The buttons fall
- into four categories:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Headers and lists</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- At the left edge of the toolbar, you can choose
- <guilabel>Normal</guilabel> for a default text style
- or <guilabel>Header 1</guilabel> through
- <guilabel>Header 6</guilabel> for varying sizes of
- header from large (1) to tiny (6). Other styles
- include <guilabel>preformat</guilabel>, to use the HTML
- tag for preformatted blocks of text, and three types
- of bullet points for the highly
- organized.
- </para>
- <tip>
- <title>Using Bullets to Make Your Email More
- Attractive</title>
- <para>
- Instead of using asterisks to mark a bulleted list,
- try the Bulleted List style from the style dropdown
- list. Evolution uses
- more attractive bullets and handles word wrap and
- multiple levels of indentation.
- </para>
- </tip>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Text style</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Use these buttons to determine the way your letters
- look. If you have text selected, the style will
- apply to the selected text. If you do not have text
- selected, the style will apply to whatever you type
- next. The buttons are:
- <itemizedlist mark="none">
-<listitem><para>Push <guiicon>TT</guiicon> for "typewriter text," which is approximately the same as the Courier monospaced serif font.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>bold A</guiicon> for bold text</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>italic A</guiicon> for italics</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>underlined A</guiicon> to underline</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para>Push <guiicon>strikethrough A</guiicon> for a strikethrough.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Alignment</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Located next to the text style buttons, these three
- paragraph icons should be familiar to users of most
- word processing software. The leftmost button will
- make your text aligned to the left, the center
- button will center, and the right button will
- align the text on the right side.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Indentation rules</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- The button with the arrow pointing left will decrease
- a paragraph's indentation, and the right arrow will
- increase its indentation.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Color Selection</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- At the far right is the color section tool, where a
- colored box displays the current text color. To
- choose a new one, click the arrow button just to the
- right. If you have text selected, the color will
- apply to the selected text. If you do not have text
- selected, the color will apply to whatever you type
- next. You can select a background color or image by
- right-clicking on the message background and
- selecting <menuchoice> <guimenu>Style</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Page Style</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- <para>
- Under the <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> menu, there are
- several more items you can use to style your email. To use
- these and other HTML formatting tools, first make sure you have
- enabled HTML mode with <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Format</guimenu> <guimenuitem>
- HTML</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Insert Link</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Lets you link some text to a website. Use this tool to put hyperlinks in your HTML
- messages. If you don't want special link text, you can just enter the address
- directly, and Evolution
- will recognize it as a link.
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the text you wish to link from.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right click on the text and click on <guilabel>Link</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Put the URL you want to use in the <guilabel>URL</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <note>
- <para>
- If you're typing a web page address to be automatically formatted, keep in mind that a space terminates the link.
- </para>
- </note>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Insert Image</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Lets you put an image alongside text.
- </para>
- <para>
- To insert an image into your email:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Insert Image</guilabel> button in the toolbar, or select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Insert</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose your image by clicking the <guilabel>Browse</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Press <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> to insert the image.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Insert Rule</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Inserts a horizontal line into the text to help divide two
- sections.
- </para>
- <para>
- To insert a rule:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Rule</guilabel> button in the <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the type of rule. You can use a plain
- line, a 3D line, or a yellow line with flowers.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose the size of the line, as a percentage of the width of the email window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose the alignment and style. For the plain
- line, you can choose the thickness of the line,
- and whether it will be shaded, or solid. For the
- other types, you can only choose alignment.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> to insert the rule.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Insert Table</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Inserts a table into the text to help divide two
- sections.
- </para>
- <para>
- To insert a table:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Table</guilabel> button in the <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the number of rows and columns for the
- table, and the width and height of the
- table. You may also choose padding and spacing
- for table cells, as with a standard HTML
- table. If you are not familiar with HTML
- table options, the default values are probably fine.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose a background image or color, if you like.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- Once the table is in place, you can right-click on
- it and get a list of ways to alter it.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term><guimenuitem>Templates</guimenuitem></term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Evolution not only allows you to
- decorate your email with HTML text and graphics, but
- provides you with prebuilt templates for you to use when
- making these improvements. You can use these to emphasize a
- point or frame an image in an attractive manner.
- </para>
- <para>
- To include a template into your HTML based email:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Template</guilabel> button in the
- toolbar or select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>
- Insert
- </guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>
- Template
- </guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select the template type in the
- <guilabel>Template</guilabel> selection box. Your
- options are <guilabel>Note</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Image Frame</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Set the size and alignment of the HTML template.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click <guilabel>Insert</guilabel> to insert it where the
- cursor is.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click on the text in the template, and enter the text
- you want to use.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you have selected an image frame template,
- right-click on the image and select
- <guimenuitem>Image</guimenuitem> to select the image
- you want to place in the frame.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-</para>
-</sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-fwd">
- <title>Forwarding Mail</title>
- <para>
- The post office forwards your mail for you when you change
- addresses, and you can forward a letter if it comes to you by mistake.
- The email <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> button
- works in much the same way. It's particularly useful if you
- have received a message and you think someone else would
- like to see it. You can forward a message as an attachment
- to a new message (this is the default) or
- you can send it <link linkend="inline">inline</link> as a quoted
- portion of the message you are sending. Attachment
- forwarding is best if you want to send the full, unaltered
- message on to someone else. Inline forwarding is best if
- you want to send portions of a message, or if you have a
- large number of comments on different sections of the
- message you are forwarding. Remember to note from whom the
- message came, and where, if at all, you have removed or
- altered content.
- </para>
- <para>
- To forward a message you are reading, press
- <guilabel>Forward</guilabel> on the toolbar, select
- <menuchoice> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, or press
- <keycombo
-action="simul"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>. If
- you prefer to forward the message <link
- linkend="inline">inline</link>
- instead of attached, select <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guisubmenu>Forward</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>
- Inline</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the menu. Choose an
- addressee as you would when sending a new message; the
- subject will already be entered, although you can alter it
- if you wish. Enter your comments on the message in the
- <interface>composition frame</interface>, and press
- <guilabel>Send</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mail-getnsend-ettiquette">
- <title>Seven Tips for Email Courtesy</title>
- <para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Don't forward chain letters. If you must, watch out for
- hoaxes and urban legends, and make sure the message
- doesn't have multiple layers of greater-than signs,
- (>) indicating multiple layers of careless in-line
- forwarding.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Always begin and close with a salutation. Say "please"
- and "thank you," just like you do in real life. You
- can keep your pleasantries short, but be pleasant!
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- WRITING IN CAPITAL LETTERS MEANS YOU'RE SHOUTING!
- Don't write a whole message in capital letters. It
- hurts people's ears.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Check your spelling and use complete sentences. By
- default, Evolution will put
- a red line beneath words it doesn't recognize, as you
- type them.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Don't send nasty emails (flames). If you get one,
- don't write back.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- When you reply or forward, include just enough of
- the previous message to provide context: not too
- much, not too little.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Don't send spam.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
- <sect1 id="rsvp-stuff">
- <title>Meetings Invitations by Mail</title>
- <para>
- If you create an event in the calendar component, you can then
- send invitations to the attendee list through the
- Evolution email tool. The
- invitation card is sent as an attachment in iCal format.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Your options are:
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Accept</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select this entry if you will attend the meeting. When you
- click the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button, the meeting will
- be entered into your calendar.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Tentatively Accept</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select this entry if you will probably attend the meeting.
- When you click the <guilabel>OK</guilabel> button, the
- meeting will be entered into your calendar, but marked as
- tentative.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>Decline</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select this item if you will be unable to attend the
- meeting. The meeting will not be entered into your calendar
- when you click the <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, although your
- response will be sent to the meeting host if you have
- checked the <guilabel>RSVP</guilabel> box.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term>RSVP</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Check this box if you would like your response sent to
- the meeting organizers.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mail-subscriptions">
- <title>IMAP Subscriptions Manager</title>
- <para>
- Since IMAP folders exist on the server, and opening them or
- checking them takes time, you need fine-grained control over the
- way that you use IMAP folders. That's why
- Evolution has an IMAP subscriptions
- manager. If you prefer to have every mail folder displayed, you
- can select that option as well. However, if you'd like to choose
- specific items in your mailbox, and exclude others, you can use
- the subscription management tool to do that.
- </para>
- <para>
- Here's how:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Subscribe
- to Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If you have accounts on multiple IMAP servers, select the
- server where you'd like to manage your
- subscriptions. Evolution will
- display a list of available files and folders.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select a file or folder by clicking on it. You will want
- to select at least the <guilabel>INBOX</guilabel>
- folder. Depending upon the way your IMAP server is
- configured, the list of available files may include
- non-mail folders. If it does, you can ignore them.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Subscribe</guilabel> to add it to
- the subscribed list.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- When you have subscribed to the folders you want, close
- the window.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="encryption">
- <title>Encryption</title>
-
- <para>
- Encryption is an ancient method of keeping information safe
- from prying eyes. Evolution helps
- you protect your privacy by using
- gpg, an implementation of strong
- <link linkend="public-key-encryption">Public Key
- Encryption.</link>
- </para>
-
- <note id="pub-priv">
- <title>Public Key? Private Key? What is the difference?</title>
- <para>
- GPG uses two keys: public and private. You can give your
- public key to anyone you want to receive
- encrypted messages, or put it on a public key server so
- that people can look it up before contacting you.
- <emphasis>Never give your private key to anyone,
- ever</emphasis>. Your private key lets you decrypt any
- message encrypted with your public key.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- <para>
- Using encryption takes a bit of forethought. When you send a
- message that is encrypted, you must encrypt it using your
- intended recipient's public key. To <emphasis>get</emphasis>
- an encrypted message, you must make sure that the sender has
- your public key in advance. For signing messages, it's
- reversed: you encrypt the signature with your private key, so
- only your public key can unlock it. When you send it, the
- recipient gets your public key and unlocks the signature,
- verifying your identity.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- You can use encryption in two different ways:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
-
- Encrypt the entire message, so that nobody but the recipient can read it.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Attach an encrypted signature to a plain text message, so
- that the recipient can read the message without decrypting
- it, and only needs decryption to verify the sender's
- identity.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <example>
- <title>Sending an Encrypted Message</title>
- <para>
- Kevin wants to send an encrypted message to his friend
- Rachel. He looks up her public key on a general key
- server, and then tells
- Evolution to encrypt the
- message. The message now reads "@#$23ui7yr87# !48970fsd "
- When the information gets to Rachel, she decrypts it using
- her private key, and it appears as plain text for her to
- read.
- </para>
- </example>
- <tip id="always-sign">
- <title>Always Sign</title>
- <para>
- You can set Evolution to always sign your email messages:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>, go to the Mail Account settings, and
- select the account with which you want to use encryption.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open the <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Click the <guilabel>Always sign outgoing messages when using this account</guilabel> button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- <sect2 id="encryption-smime">
- <title>S/MIME Encryption</title>
- <para>
- S/MIME encrpytion uses a key-based approach as well, but it
- has some significant advantages in convenience and
- security. S/MIME uses "certificates," which are basically
- the same as keys. The public portion of each certificate is
- held by the sender of a message and by one of several
- certificate authorities, who are paid to guarantee the
- identity of the sender and the security of the
- message. Evolution already knows a large number of
- certificate authorities, so when you get a message with an
- S/MIME certificate, your system will automatically get the
- public portion of the certificate and decrypt or verify the
- message.
- </para>
- <para>
- S/MIME is used most often in corporate settings. In these
- cases, administrators supply certificates which they have
- purchased from a certificate authority. In some cases, an
- organization can act as its own certificate authority, with
- or without a guarantee from a dedicated authority such as
- Verisign or Thawte. In either case, the system administrator
- will provide you with a certificate file.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you wish to use S/MIME independently, you can extract an
- identification certificate from your Mozilla or Netscape web
- browser. See the Mozilla help for more information on
- security certificates.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The certificate file is a password-protected file on your
- computer. To use it in Evolution, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and select
- the <guilabel>Certificates</guilabel> tool in the settings
- window. Click the <guilabel>Import</guilabel> button and
- select the file when prompted.
- </para>
- <para>
- Similarly, you can add certificates which are sent to you
- independently of any authority by clicking the
- <guilabel>Contact Certificates</guilabel> tab and using the
- same <guilabel>Import</guilabel> tool. You can also add new
- certificate authorities, which have their own certificate
- files, in the same way.
- </para>
- <para>
- Once you have added your certificate, you can sign or encrypt a message by selecting <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Security</guimenu> <guimenuitem>S/MIME
- Sign</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or <guimenuitem>S/MIME
- Encrypt</guimenuitem> in the message composer. To have every
- message signed or encrypted, select an email account in the Settings dialog (<menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and, under the
- <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab, check the appropriate
- box. You can also import certificates in the per-account
- security settings dialog.
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="encryption-keygen">
- <title>Making Encryption Keys</title>
- <para>
- Before you can get or send encrypted mail, you need to
- generate your public and private keys with GPG. Here's how:
- </para>
- <tip>
- <title>GPG Versions</title>
- <para>
- This manual covers version 1.0.6 of GPG. If your version is
- different, this may not be entirely accurate. You may find
- out your version number by typing in the command: <command>gpg
- --version</command>.
- </para>
- </tip>
- <para>
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Open a terminal and type <command>gpg --gen-key</command>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose the default algorithm, "DSA and ElGamal."
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose a key length. The default, 1024 bits, should be
- long enough.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Decide if you want your key to expire automatically, and
- if so, when.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter your name, email address, and any additional
- personal information you think is appropriate. Do not
- falsify this information, because it will be needed to
- verify your identity later on.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Next, enter your passphrase. It does not have to be the
- same as your email password or your login password. In
- fact, it probably shouldn't. Don't forget it. If you lose
- it, your keys will be useless and you will be unable to
- decrypt messages sent to you with those keys.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Now, GPG will generate your keys. This may take awhile,
- so feel free to do something else while it's
- happening. In fact, using your computer for something
- else actually helps to generate better keys, because it
- increases the randomness in the key generation seeds.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- Once the keys are generated, you can view your key information
- by typing <command>gpg --list-keys</command>. You should see
- something similar to this:
- <programlisting>
- /home/you/.gnupg/pubring.gpg
- ----------------------------
- pub 1024D/32j38dk2 2001-06-20 you <you your-address com>
- sub 1024g/289sklj3 2001-06-20 [expires: 2002-11-14]
- </programlisting>
- </para>
- <para>
- GPG will create one list, or keyring, for your public keys
- and one for your private keys. All the public keys you know
- are stored in the file
- <filename>~/.gnupg/pubring.gpg</filename>. If you want to
- give other people your key, send them that file.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you wish, you can upload your keys to a key server. Here's
- how:
- <orderedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Check your public key ID with <command>gpg
---list-keys</command>. It will be the string after 1024D on the line
-beginning with "pub." In this example, it's 32j38dk2.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the command <command>gpg --send-keys --keyserver
-wwwkeys.pgp.net 32j38dk2</command>. Substitute your key ID for
-32j38dk2. You will need your password to do this.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
-
- <note id="why-keyserver">
- <title>Why Use a Key Server?</title>
- <para>
- Key servers store your public keys for you so that your
- friends can decrypt your messages. If you choose not to
- use a key server, you can manually send your people public
- key, include it in your signature file, or put it on your
- own web page. However, it's easier to publish them once,
- and then let people download them from a central place when
- they want.
- </para>
- <para>
- If you don't have a key you need to unlock or encrypt a
- message, you can have your encryption tool set to look it
- up automatically. If it can't find the key, then you'll
- get an error message.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="encrypt-getting-key">
- <title>Getting and Using Public Keys</title>
- <para>
- To send an encrypted message, you'll need to use
- the recipient's public key in combination with your private key.
- Evolution handles the encryption, but you need to get their public
- key and add it to your keyring.
- </para>
- <para>
- To get public keys from a public key server, enter the
- command:
- <command>
- gpg --recv-keys --keyserver wwwkeys.pgp.net keyid
- </command>, substituting "keyid" for your recipient's ID. You
- will need to type in your password, and then their ID will
- automatically be added to your keyring. When you send mail to
- them, Evolution will allow you to
- encrypt your messages.
- </para>
- <para>
- If someone sends you their public key directly, save it as a
- plain text file and enter the command <command>gpg
- filename</command>. This will add it to your keyring.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="encrypt-evo-integ">
- <title>Setting up Evolution's Encryption</title>
- <para>
- You'll need to open
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>
- and select the <guilabel>Mail Accounts</guilabel> button, then
- select the account you want to use securely, and click the
- <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> button. In the
- <guilabel>Security</guilabel> tab is a section labeled
- <guilabel>Pretty Good Privacy</guilabel>. Enter your key ID
- and click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>. Your key is now
- integrated into your identity in
- Evolution.
- </para>
- <note>
- <title>What is my Key ID again?</title>
- <para>
- Evolution requires that you know your key ID. If you don't
- remember it, you can find it by typing <command>gpg
- --list-keys</command> in a console window. Your key ID will be an
- eight character string with random numbers and letters.
- </para>
- </note>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="sign-msg">
- <title>Signing a Message</title>
- <para>
- To sign a message, choose:
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Security</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>PGP Sign</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- You will be prompted for your encryption password. Once
- you enter it, click <guilabel>OK</guilabel> and your message
- will be signed.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="encrypt-msg">
- <title>Encrypting a Message</title>
- <para>
- Encrypting a message is very similar to signing a message.
- Just choose the menu item
- <menuchoice>
- <guimenu>Security</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>PGP Encrypt</guimenuitem>
- </menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="unencrypting">
- <title>Unencrypting a Received Message</title>
- <para>
- If you get an encrypted message, you will need to decrypt it
- before you read it. Remember, the sender has to have your
- public key before they can send you an encrypted message.
- </para>
- <para>
- When you view the message,
- Evolution will ask you for your
- PGP password. Enter it, and the message will be displayed
- properly.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
Index: help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml
--- help/C/usage-mainwindow.xml 22 Jul 2004 16:18:49 -0000 1.18
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,1220 +0,0 @@
-<chapter id="usage-mainwindow">
-
- <title>Getting Started</title>
-
- <sect1 id="what">
- <title>What is Novell Evolution, and What Can It Do for Me?</title>
- <para>
- Information is useless unless it's organized and accessible;
- it's hardly even worth the name if you can't look at it and be
- <emphasis>informed</emphasis>. The goal of
- Novell Evolution is to make the
- tasks of storing, organizing, and retrieving your personal
- information easier, so you can work and communicate with
- others. That is, it's a highly evolved <link
- linkend="groupware">groupware</link> program, an integral
- part of the Internet-connected desktop.
- </para>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution can help you work in a group by handling
- email, address and other contact information, and one or more
- calendars. It can do that on one or several computers,
- connected directly or over a network, for one person or for
- large groups.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- With Novell Evolution, you can
- accomplish your most common daily tasks faster. For example, it
- takes only one or two clicks to enter appointment or
- contact information sent to you by email, or to send email to a contact
- or appointment. Novell Evolution
- makes displays faster and more efficient, so searches are faster
- and memory usage is lower. People who get lots of mail will
- appreciate advanced features like <link
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">VFolders</link>,
- which let you save searches as though they were ordinary mail
- folders.
- </para>
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="usage-mainwindow-starting">
- <title>The First Time you Start Novell Evolution</title>
- <para>
- To start Novell Evolution, do either
- of the following:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Programs</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Evolution</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from your
- menu panel.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Type <command>evolution</command> at the command line.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <note>
- <title>Command Line Options</title>
- <para>
- Evolution has a number of command-line options that you may
- wish to make use of. You can find the full list by running
- the commands <userinput>man evolution</userinput> or
- <userinput>evolution --help</userinput>. The most
- important ones are:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To start Evolution in offline mode: <userinput>evolution --offline</userinput>
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To start Evolution and begin composing a message to the email address you name: <userinput>evolution mailto:joe somewhere net</userinput>
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- To start Evolution in mail mode, type <userinput>evolution -c
- mail</userinput>. To open the calendar first, use
- <userinput>-c calendar</userinput>. To open the contact list
- first, use <userinput>-c contacts</userinput>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- If Evolution stops responding, freezes, or hangs, open a
- terminal and type <userinput>evolution
- --force-shutdown</userinput> to force every piece of the
- application to quit.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>To make your web browser use Evolution as the default
- email client, enter <userinput>evolution "%s"</userinput> as the email
- handler in your web browser or in the GNOME Control Center.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </note>
- </para>
- <para>
- The first time you run the program, it will create a directory
- called <filename>.evolution</filename> in your home directory,
- where it will store all of its local data. Then, it will open a
- first-run assistant to help you set up mail accounts and import
- data from other applications.
- </para>
- <para>
- Using the first-run assistant will take approximately two to
- five minutes.
- </para>
- <para>
- Later on, if you want to change this account, or
- if you want to create a new one, select
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Settings
- </guimenuitem></menuchoice> and click the <guilabel>Mail
- Accounts</guilabel> button. Then, select the account you want
- to change and click <guilabel>Edit</guilabel>. Alternately,
- add a new account by clicking
- <guilabel>Add</guilabel>. See <xref
- linkend="config-prefs-mail"/> for details.
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="first-step">
- <title>Defining Your Identity</title>
- <para>
- The Identity window is the first step in the assistant. Here,
- you will enter some basic personal information. You can
- define multiple identities later on with the
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu>
- <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice> tool and
- clicking the <guilabel>Mail Accounts</guilabel> button.
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Account Information:</guilabel> Choose a name
- for Evolution to refer to this account. This is used
- only for display within Evolution. Good choices are
- "Work Email" or "IMAP Server."
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Full Name</guilabel>: Your full name.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel> Email Address </guilabel>: Your email address.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Make this my default account</guilabel>:
- Select this as the primary account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel> Reply-To </guilabel>: If you want to have
- replies sent to another email address, enter it in this
- space (optional).
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Organization </guilabel>: The company where you work, or the
- organization you represent when you send email
- (optional).
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="second-step">
- <title>Receiving Mail</title>
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Receiving Email</guilabel> lets you determine
- which you will get your email.
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Server Type: There are numerous types of servers
- from which Novell Evolution
- can fetch your mail. Ask your system administrator if
- you're not sure which of the following are available to
- you:
- <itemizedlist>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>GroupWise</guimenuitem>: Select this option if you use a
- GroupWise server. GroupWise keeps mail, calendar,
- and contact information on the server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Microsoft Exchange</guimenuitem>: Available only if you have
- installed the Novell Connector for Microsoft
- Exchange, this will allow you to connect to a
- Microsoft Exchange 2000 or 2003 server, which
- stores email, calendar, and contact information on
- the server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>IMAP</guimenuitem>: Keeps the email on your server so you can
- access your email from multiple systems.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>POP</guimenuitem>: Downloads your email to your hard disk for
- permanent storage.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Local Delivery</guimenuitem>: Choose this option if you want to
- move mail from the spool and store it in your home
- directory. If you would rather leave mail in your
- system's spool files, choose the
- <guimenuitem>Standard Unix mbox
- spools</guimenuitem> option instead. You'll need
- to provide the path to the mail spool you want to
- use.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>MH format mail directories</guimenuitem>: If you download your
- mail using mh or another MH-style program, you'll
- want to use this option. You'll need to provide
- the path to the mail directory you want to use.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Maildir format mail directories</guimenuitem>: If you download
- your mail using qmail or another maildir-style
- program, you'll want to use this option. You'll need
- to provide the path to the mail directory you want to
- use.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>Standard Unix mbox spool or directory</guimenuitem>: If you want
- to read and store mail in the mail spool on your
- local system, choose this option. You'll need to
- provide the path to the mail spool
- you want to use.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guimenuitem>None</guimenuitem>: Select this if you do not plan to
- check mail with this account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- If you selected POP, Microsoft Exchange, or IMAP as your mail
- server, you'll need to enter some more information:
- </para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>The host name of your mail server. Ask
- your system administrator if you're not
- sure.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The username for the account on that
- system. </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Whether you want to use a secure (SSL)
- connection. If your server supports it, it's
- best to enable this security option.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>The authentication options supported by
- your server. If you're not sure, ask your system
- administrator. You can also click the
- <guilabel>Check for supported types</guilabel>
- button; when you have done so, the menu will
- limit itself to options your server has not
- refused to support. Note that some servers do
- not announce the authentication mechanisms
- they support, so clicking this button is not
- an absolute guarantee that available
- mechanisms will actually work.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Choose whether you'd like Evolution to remember
- your password. If you have selected this item,
- you can force Evolution to ask for a
- password again by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Actions</guimenu><guimenuitem>Forget
- Passwords</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or by returning to this section of the
- accounts tool, which you can find by selecting
- <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem></menuchoice>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <tip id="exchange-info">
- <title>Connecting to an Exchange Server</title>
- <para>
- If you have installed Novell Connector for Microsoft
- Exchange, you can access Microsoft Exchange 2000 servers
- natively. If you do not have the Connector, or if you use
- an older version of Microsoft Exchange, talk to your system
- administrator about access to standard protocol services
- like POP and IMAP.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect2>
-
-
- <sect2 id="more-mail-options">
- <title>Receiving Mail Options</title>
- <para>
- Once you have selected a mail delivery mechanism, you may
- set some preferences for its behavior:
- </para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose POP mail:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>Checking for new mail: If you would like
- Evolution to check for new mail
- automatically, check the box and select a frequency in
- minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Message Storage: If you'd like to store copies of your
- mail on the server, check this option.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose Microsoft Exchange:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- <itemizedlist> <listitem>
- <para>Checking for new mail: If you would like
- Evolution to check for new mail
- automatically, check the box and select a frequency in
- minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Global Address List/Active Directory: Enter the name of
- your global catalog server. You may also choose to
- limit the server's responses and select a maximum number
- of results for an address search. A maximum number of
- results limits the load on your system and on your
- network.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Mailbox Name: If your active directory user name is
- different from your Exchange mailbox name, enter the
- mailbox name here.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Outlook Web Access (OWA) Path: In most cases, the URL
- for web access is "http://server.company.com/exchange,";
- but some systems use a different path.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>Public Folder Server: Enter the name of your organization's public folder server, if any.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Apply filters to new messages in Inbox on this
- server: Check this box to use filters when you visit the
- Inbox for this account.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- <varlistentry>
- <term>If you chose IMAP:</term>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
-
- <guilabel>Automatically check for new mail
- every... minutes:</guilabel> If you would like Evolution to check
- for new mail automatically, check the box and select a
- frequency in minutes.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Check for new messages in all
- folders:</guilabel> If you want Evolution to check for new
- messages in <emphasis>all</emphasis> your
- IMAP folders, make sure this box is selected. This option
- is normally selected in combination with server-side
- filtering tools like procmail. </para>
- </listitem>
-
-
- <listitem>
- <para> <guilabel>Use custom command to connect to
- server:</guilabel> Some IMAP servers require a specific,
- custom connection sequence. Custom commands are rare; if
- your server requires one, your system administrator
- should be able to tell you.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para> <guilabel>Show only subscribed folders</guilabel>:
- Check this box if you have more folders in your IMAP view
- than you want to read. For more information about IMAP
- mail and folder subscriptions, see <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/>.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Override server-supplied namespace</guilabel>:
- If you like, enter a specific directory where your
- server stores mail for you. The most common values are
- "mail" and "Mail." </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Apply filters to new messages in INBOX on this
- server</guilabel>: If you'd like your filters to work on this account
- as well as on locally downloaded mail, check this box.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Check new messages for Junk
- contents:</guilabel> Check this box if you want your IMAP
- email filtered for junk mail.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Only check for Junk messages in the INBOX
- folder:</guilabel> If you have new messages arriving in
- multiple folders, as you would with server-side filters,
- Evolution may filter them for junk mail as well. This
- can take extra time, so if you know that those messages
- are not likely to be junk mail, select this option.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para><guilabel>Automatically synchronize remote mail
- locally:</guilabel> Select this option to have Evolution
- cache mail locally for offline use.</para>
- </listitem>
-
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
-
- <note id="imap-namespace">
- <title>What's an IMAP Namespace?</title>
- <para>
- For IMAP mail servers, your system administrator
- may provide you with a specific namespace, the
- directory where your server stores mail for
- you. If you check your IMAP mail and your folder
- list includes files that don't look like mail
-folders, you
- probably need to change your mail
- namespace. Typical values are "mail" and "Mail."
- If you prefer, you can choose to subscribe to
- individual mail folders one at a time. For more
- information about how to use IMAP mail, see <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-subscriptions"/>.
- </para>
- </note>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="third-step">
- <title>Sending Mail</title>
- <para>
- Now that you have entered information about how you plan to
- get mail, Evolution needs to know about how you want to send
- it:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Server Type: There are numerous server types that
- Novell Evolution supports for sending your
- mail.
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- SMTP: Sends mail using an outbound mail
- server. This is the most common choice for sending
- mail.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>Microsoft Exchange: Sends mail through a Microsoft
- Exchange server using the Microsoft Exchange 2000
- protocol. Available only if you have are using the
- Novell Connector for Microsoft Exchange, which is installed
- separately.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Groupwise: Sends mail through your GroupWise server.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Sendmail: Uses the Sendmail program to send mail
- from your system. Sendmail is more flexible, but
- is not as easy to configure, so you should only
- select this option if you know how to set up a
- Sendmail service.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- If you choose SMTP, there are a few additional items to enter:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Host: enter your mail sending server's name or IP
- address.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Server requires authentication: If your server
- requires you to enter a password to send mail, check
- this box.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Authentication Type: Unless you've been told otherwise,
- your best bet is to leave this set at
- <guilabel>Password</guilabel>. If you're not sure, ask
- your system administrator or ISP, or have
- Novell Evolution check for
- you by clicking <guilabel>Check for supported
- types</guilabel>.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Username: The account name you use when you login to
- check your email. Normally, this is the part of your
- email address before the '@' character. For Exchange
- servers, it is the username you would use to log in to a
- Windows workstation at your company.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Remember Password: If you prefer to not enter
- your password every time you check email, press this
- button.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="step-three-b">
- <title>Defaults</title>
-
- <para>
- In this step, you will set a few miscellaneous options:
- </para>
-
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Drafts Folder</guilabel>: When you save a message as a draft, it will be saved to this folder.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Sent Messages Folder</guilabel>: A copy of every message you send will be saved in this folder.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Always carbon-copy (cc) to</guilabel>: Send a carbon copy of every message to this address.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- <guilabel>Always blind carbon-copy (bcc) to</guilabel>: Send a blind carbon copy of every message to this address.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
-
- <para>
- If you have not done so already, you may also be asked to choose
- a time zone.
- </para>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="fourth-step">
- <title>Importing Mail (Optional)</title>
- <para>If Novell Evolution finds mail or
- address files from another application, it will offer to
- import them. For a full description of the import feature, see <xref
- linkend="importing-mail" />.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <application>Microsoft Outlook</application>, and versions of
- <application>Outlook Express</application> after
- version 4, use proprietary formats that Novell
- Evolution cannot read or import. To import information, you
- may wish to use the <application>Outport</application> tool under
- Windows. See the instructions in <xref
- linkend="outlook-migration-mail" />.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Before importing mail from Netscape, make sure you have selected
- <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Compact All
- Folders</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. If you don't,
- Novell Evolution will import and undelete
- the messages in your Trash folders.
- </para>
-
- <tip>
- <title>Exporting Files From Novell Evolution</title>
- <para>
- Evolution uses standard file types for mail and calendar
- information, so you can copy those files from your
- <filename>~/.evolution</filename> directory.
- The file formats used are <filename>mbox</filename> for
- mail and <filename>iCal</filename> for calendar
- information.
- </para>
- <para>
- Contacts files are stored in a database, but can be saved as
- a standard <filename>VCard</filename>. To export contact
- data, open your contacts tool and select the contacts you wish
- to export (press <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap>
- <keycap>A</keycap></keycombo> to select them all). Then,
- select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Save as
- VCard</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.
- </para>
- </tip>
-
- </sect2>
-
-
- </sect1>
-
- <sect1 id="ui-intro">
- <title>What's What in Novell Evolution</title>
- <para>
- Now that you've gotten the first-run configuration out of the
- way, you're ready to get down to work. Here's a quick
- explanation of what's going on in your main
- Novell Evolution window.
- </para>
-
- <figure id="preface-basic-interface">
- <title>The Novell Evolution Main Window</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Inbox</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/mainwindow-pic" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject>
- </mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject>
- <imageobject>
- <imagedata fileref="figures/full-1" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Menu Bar</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>menu bar</guilabel> gives you access to nearly all
- the features that can be found in Novell
- Evolution.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Toolbar</guilabel> gives you fast and easy access to the
- most used features in each component.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-3" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Shortcut Bar</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Shortcut Bar</guilabel> lets you switch between
- folders and between Evolution tools. At the bottom of the
- shortcut bar there are buttons that let you switch tools, and
- above that, all the available folders for the current tool. If you have the
- Evolution Connector for Microsoft Exchange installed, you will have an
- <guilabel>Exchange</guilabel> button in addition to buttons for the other tools.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-4" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Status Bar</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Periodically, Novell Evolution will need to quietly
- display a message, or tell you the progress of a task. This most
- often happens when you're checking or sending email. These progress
- queues are shown here, in the <guilabel>Status Bar</guilabel>.
- The Online/Offline indicator is here, too, in the lower left of the window.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-5" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Search Tool</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Search Tool</guilabel> lets you search through your email
- with precision so you can easily find what you're looking for.
- </para>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mainwindow-shortcutbar">
- <title>The Shortcut Bar</title>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution's most important job is
- to give you access to your information and help you use it
- quickly. One way it does that is through the
- shortcut bar, the column on the left
- hand side of the main window. The buttons with names
- like <guilabel>Mail</guilabel> and
- <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> are the shortcuts. Above them
- is a list of folders for the current Evolution tool.
- </para>
- <para>
- The folder list organizes your mail, calendars, contact lists,
- and task lists in a tree, similar to a <link linkend="filetree">file
- tree</link>. Most people will find one to four
- folders at the base of the tree, depending on the tool and their
- system configuration. Each Evolution tool will have at least one,
- called <guilabel>On This Computer</guilabel>, for local
- information. For example, the folder list for the email tool will show any
- remote mail storage you have set up, plus local folders and
- <guilabel>vFolders</guilabel>, or virtual folders, discussed in <xref
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders"/>.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you get large volumes of mail, you'll want more folders than
- just your Inbox; you can also create multiple calendar, task,
- or contacts folders.
- </para>
- <para>
- To create a new folder:
- <orderedlist numeration="arabic">
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Right click on the list of folders, and select
- <guilabel>New Folder</guilabel>.
-
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Enter the name of the folder in the <guilabel>Folder
- Name</guilabel> field.
- </para>
- </listitem>
-
- <listitem>
- <para>
- Choose the location of the new folder.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </orderedlist>
- </para>
-
- <sect3 id="subfolders">
- <title>Folder Arrangement and Subfolders</title>
-
- <para>
- Right-clicking will bring up a menu for just about anything in
- Novell Evolution. If you right-click on a
- folder or subfolder, you'll have a menu with the following options:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Copy</guimenuitem>, to copy the folder to another place. When you select this item, Evolution offers a choice of locations to copy to. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Move</guimenuitem>, to move the folder to another location. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>, to delete the folder and all its contents. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>New Folder</guimenuitem>, to create another folder in the same location. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Rename</guimenuitem>, to change the name of the folder. </para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem>, to delete the folder.</para></listitem>
- <listitem><para><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>, to check the number of total and unread messages in a folder, and, for remote folders, decide whether to copy the folder to your local system for offline operation.</para></listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- You can also rearrange folders and messages by dragging and
- dropping them.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Any time new mail arrives in a mail folder, that folder
- label is displayed in bold text, along with the number of
- new messages in that folder.
- </para>
- </sect3>
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="usage-mainwindow-menubar">
- <title>The Menu Bar</title>
- <para>
- The menu bar's contents will always
- provide all the possible actions for any given view of your
- data. If you're looking at your Inbox, most of the menu items
- will relate to mail; some will relate to other components of
- Novell Evolution and some, especially those
- in the <guimenu>File Menu</guimenu> will relate to the
- application as a whole.
- </para>
- <para>
- <variablelist>
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>File</guimenu>:</term>
-
- <listitem><para> Anything related to a file or to the
- operations of the application generally falls under this
- menu: creating things, saving them to disk, printing them,
- and quitting the program itself. </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- The <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu holds
- useful tools that help you edit text and move it around.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>View</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- This menu lets you decide how Novell Evolution
- should look. Some of the features control the appearance of
- Novell Evolution as a whole, and others
- the way a particular kind of information appears.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>Actions</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- Holds actions which maybe applied to a message. Normally,
- if there is only one target for the action, such as
- replying to a message, you can find it in
- the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>Tools</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- For all components of Evolution, you can access the
- settings and configuration options in the tools menu. You
- can also find things like filter settings and the Virtual
- Folder editor.</para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>Search</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- Select menu items here to search for messages, or for
- phrases within a message. You can also see previous searches
- you have made. In addition to the <guimenu>Search</guimenu>
- menu, there is a text entry box in the toolbar that you can
- use to search for messages.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
-
- <varlistentry>
- <term> <guimenu>Help</guimenu>:</term>
- <listitem><para>
- Select among these items to open the
- Novell Evolution manual.
- </para></listitem>
- </varlistentry>
- </variablelist>
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
-
- <sect2 id="basics-mail">
- <title>Introducing Email</title>
- <para>
- Novell Evolution email is like other
- email programs in several ways:
- <itemizedlist>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- It can sort and organize your mail in a wide variety of
- ways with folders, searches, and filters.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- It can send and receive mail in HTML or as plain text,
- and makes it easy to send and receive multiple file
- attachments.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- It supports multiple mail sources, including <link
- linkend="imap">IMAP</link>, <link
- linkend="pop">POP3</link>, and local
- <filename>mbox</filename> or <filename>mh</filename>
- spools and files created by other mail programs.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- <listitem>
- <para>
- It lets you guard your privacy with encryption.
- </para>
- </listitem>
- </itemizedlist>
- </para>
- <para>
- However, Novell Evolution has some
- important differences. First, it's built to handle very large
- amounts of mail. The <link
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-spam">junk mail</link>, message <link
- linkend="usage-mail-organize-filters">filtering</link> and
- <link linkend="usage-mail-organize-search">searching</link>
- functions were built for speed and efficiency on large volumes
- of mail. There's also the <link
-linkend="usage-mail-organize-vfolders">vFolder</link>, an advanced
- organizational feature not found in mainstream mail clients.
- If you get a lot of mail, or if you keep every message you get
- in case you need to refer to it later, you'll find this
- feature especially useful.
- </para>
- <para>
-
-
- <!-- ==============Figure=================================== -->
-
- <figure id="usage-mail-intro-fig">
- <title>Novell Evolution Mail</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Inbox</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/mail-inbox" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
-<!-- ==============End of Figure============================== -->
-</para>
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-1"
- format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Message List</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The <guilabel>Message List</guilabel> displays all the emails
- that you have. This includes all your read, unread, and email
- that is flagged to be deleted.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2"
- format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Email</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- This is where your email is displayed.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- If you find the view pane too small, you can resize
- the pane, enlarge the whole window, or double-click on the
- message in the message list to have it
- open in a new window. To change the sizes of a pane, just click
- and hold on the divider between the two panes. Then you can drag
- it to select the size of the panes.
-
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Just like with folders, you can right-click on messages in the
- message list and get a menu of possible actions, including moving or deleting them,
- creating filters or vFolders based on them, and marking them as junk mail.
- </para>
- <para>
- Most of the mail-related actions you'll want to perform are
- listed in the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu in the menu bar.
- The most frequently used ones, like
- <guimenuitem>Reply</guimenuitem> and
- <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem>, also appear as buttons in
- the toolbar. Almost all of them are also located in the
- right-click menu and as keyboard shortcuts, which tend to be
- faster once you get the hang of them. You can choose
- whichever way you like best; the idea is that the software
- should work the way you want, rather than making you work the
- way the it does.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For an in-depth guide to the email capabilities of Novell
- Evolution, read <xref linkend="usage-mail"/>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="basics-calendar">
- <title>Introducing the Calendar</title>
- <para>
- To begin using the calendar, click the
- <guilabel>Calendar</guilabel> button in the shortcut
- bar. By default, the calendar starts showing
- today's schedule on a ruled background. At the upper right,
- there's a monthly calendar you can use to switch days. Below
- that, there's a <guilabel>Task</guilabel> pad, where you can
- keep a list of tasks separate from your calendar appointments.
-
- <!-- ============== Figure ============================= -->
- <figure id="usage-calendar-fig">
- <title>Novell Evolution Calendar View</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Novell Evolution Contact Manager Window</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/calendar" format="PNG" srccredit="Aaron Weber"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- <!-- ============== End of Figure ============================= -->
-
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-1"
- format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Appointment
- List</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The appointment list displays all your scheduled appointments.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-2" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Task List</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- Tasks are distinct from appointments in that they generally
- don't have times associated with them. You can see a larger
- view of your task list by clicking the
- <guilabel>Tasks</guilabel> button in the shortcut bar.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-3" format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject>
- <guilabel>Month Pane</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The month pane is a small view of a calendar month.
- To display additional months, drag the column border to
- the left. You can also select a range of days in the month
- pane to get a custom range of days displayed in the
- appointment list.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For more information about the calendar
- read <xref linkend="usage-calendar"/>.
- </para>
-
- </sect2>
- <sect2 id="basics-contacts">
- <title>Introducing the Contacts Tool</title>
- <para>
- The Novell Evolution contacts tool
- can handle all of the functions of an address book, phone
- book, or Rolodex. Of course, it's a lot easier to update
- Evolution than it is to change an actual paper book, in part
- because Evolution can synchronize with
- PalmOS devices and use <link
- linkend="ldap">LDAP</link> directories on a network.
- </para>
- <para>
- Another advantage of the Novell Evolution
- contacts tool is its integration with the rest of the
- application. For example, you can right-click on an email
- address in Evolution mail to create a contact entry instantly.
- </para>
- <para>
- To use the contacts tool, click the
- <guilabel>Contacts</guilabel> button in the shortcut bar. <xref
- linkend="usage-contact-fig"/> shows the address book in all its
- organizational glory. By default, the display shows all
- your contacts in alphabetical order, in a <link
- linkend="minicard">minicard</link> view. You can select
- other views from the <guimenu>View</guimenu> menu, and adjust
- the width of the columns by clicking and dragging the gray
- column dividers.
- </para>
- <para>
- The contacts tool looks like this:
-
- <figure id="usage-contact-fig">
- <title>Novell Evolution Contact Interface</title>
- <screenshot>
- <screeninfo>Novell Evolution Contact List Window</screeninfo>
- <mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/contact" format="PNG" srccredit="Kevin Breit"/>
- </imageobject></mediaobject>
- </screenshot>
- </figure>
- </para>
- <para>
- <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref="figures/full-1"
- format="PNG"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> <guilabel>Contact
- List</guilabel>
- </para>
-
- <para>
- The largest section of the contacts display shows a list of individual
- contacts. You can also search through the contacts in the same way
- that you search email folders, with the search tool on the
- right side of the toolbar.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- For detailed instructions on how to use the address book,
- read <xref linkend="usage-contact"/>.
- </para>
- </sect2>
- </sect1>
-</chapter>
\ No newline at end of file
Index: help/C/usage-sync.xml
===================================================================
RCS file: help/C/usage-sync.xml
diff -N help/C/usage-sync.xml
--- help/C/usage-sync.xml 13 Jul 2004 19:45:35 -0000 1.4
+++ /dev/null 1 Jan 1970 00:00:00 -0000
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
- <chapter id="usage-sync">
- <title>Synchronizing with Hand-Held Devices</title>
- <para>
- This chapter is very short. It describes how to synchronize
- the data on your Palm-OS device with the data you store in
- Novell Evolution. If you need
- information on how to set up handheld synchronization, consult
- <xref linkend="config-sync"/>.
- </para>
-
- <sect1 id="hotsync">
- <title>Using HotSync</title>
- <para>
- Put your hand-held device in its cradle and press the
- HotSync button.
- </para>
-
-<tip id="sync-tip">
-<title>Palm OS v. 4.0 with Passwords</title>
-<para>
-If you use Palm OS v. 4.0 and have password protection turned on for
-your handheld device, you may encounter trouble synchronizing. If
-this happens, try turning off password protection on your handheld,
-synchronize it with your desktop computer, and then re-enable password
-protection on your handheld.
-</para>
-</tip>
- <para>
- If you have followed the set up instructions properly, your
- Palm-OS device will synchronize data with Novell
- Evolution.
- </para>
-
- <para>
- That's it.
- </para>
-
- </sect1>
- </chapter>
Index: widgets/misc/e-multi-config-dialog.c
===================================================================
RCS file: /cvs/gnome/evolution/widgets/misc/e-multi-config-dialog.c,v
retrieving revision 1.29
diff -u -p -r1.29 e-multi-config-dialog.c
--- widgets/misc/e-multi-config-dialog.c 7 Apr 2004 21:07:26 -0000 1.29
+++ widgets/misc/e-multi-config-dialog.c 7 Sep 2004 21:15:59 -0000
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ impl_response (GtkDialog *dialog, int re
gnome_help_display_desktop (NULL,
"evolution-" BASE_VERSION,
"evolution-" BASE_VERSION ".xml",
- "config",
+ "config-prefs",
&error);
if (error != NULL)
g_warning ("%s", error->message);
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
